Skip to main content
  • 480 Accesses

Abstract

The lambda calculus was introduced in 1932 – 1933 by A. Church [A3] as part of a theory intended as a foundation for mathematics. This foundational theory consisted of a part dealing with logical symbols and rules and a part dealing with algorithms operating on these symbols. After it was shown by S.C. Kleene and J.B. Rosser [A7] that this foundational system was inconsistent, the part dealing with algorithms only was isolated as the (type-free) lambda calculus. It turned out to be quite successful in capturing the intuitive notion of computable function. Kleene [A6] showed that exactly the recursive functions (cf. Recursive function) are lambda definable in the sense given below. Then A.M. Turing [A10] introduced his machines (cf. Turing machine) and showed that Turing computable and lambda definable are equivalent notions. These are arguments for the Church—Turing thesis that the intuitive notion of computable is correctly formalised as lambda definable, Turing computable or recursive (cf. also Church thesis). Although many programming languages are based on the computational model of Turing (imperative programming), presently the model of Church enjoys a lot of attention in the form of functional programming.

This is a preview of subscription content, log in via an institution to check access.

Access this chapter

eBook
USD 16.99
Price excludes VAT (USA)
  • Available as PDF
  • Read on any device
  • Instant download
  • Own it forever
Softcover Book
USD 54.99
Price excludes VAT (USA)
  • Compact, lightweight edition
  • Dispatched in 3 to 5 business days
  • Free shipping worldwide - see info

Tax calculation will be finalised at checkout

Purchases are for personal use only

Institutional subscriptions

References

  1. Barendregt, H.P.: The lambda calculus, its syntax and semantics, North Holland, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  2. Barendregt, H.P.: ‘Lambda calculi with types’, in Handbook of Logic in Computer Science, Oxford Univ. Press, To appear (1990).

    Google Scholar 

  3. Church, A.: ‘A set of postulates for the foundation of logic’, Ann. of Math. (2) 33 (1932), 346–366.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  4. Church, A.: ‘A set of postulates for the foundation of logic’, Ann. of Math. (2) 34 (1933), 839–864.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  5. Field, A.J. and Harrison, P.G.: Functional programming, Addison Wesley, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  6. Hindley, J.R. and Seldin, J.P.: Introduction to combinators and lambda calculus, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  7. Kleene, S.C.: ‘λ-definability and recursiveness’, Duke Math. J. 2 (1936), 340–363.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  8. Kleene, S.C. and Rosser, J.B.: ‘The inconsistency of certain formal logics’, Ann. of Math. (2) 36 (1935), 630–636.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  9. Milner, R.: ‘A proposal for standard ML’, in Proc. ACM Symp. on LISP and Functional Programming (Austin), 1984, pp. 184-197.

    Google Scholar 

  10. Schönfinkel, M: ‘Ueber die Bausteine der mathematische Logik’, Math. Ann. 92 (1924), 305–316.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  11. Turing, A.: ‘On computable numbers with an application to the Entscheidungsproblem’, Proc. London Math. Soc. 42 (1936), 230–265.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  12. Turing, A.: ‘Computability and λ-definability’, J. Symbolic Logic 2 (1937). 153–163.

    Google Scholar 

  13. Atiyah, M.F. and Tall, D.O.: ‘Group representations, λ-rings and the J-homomorphism’, Topology 8 (1969), 253–297.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  14. Grothendieck, A.: ‘La théorie des classes de Chern’, Bull. Soc. Math. France 86 (1958), 137–154.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  15. Grothendieck, A.: ‘Classes de faisceaux et théorème de Riemann—Roch’, in Sém. Géom. Algébrique, Vol. 6, Springer, 1972, pp. 20–77.

    Google Scholar 

  16. Hazewinkel, M.: Formal groups and applications, Acad. Press, 1978, p. 144ff.

    Google Scholar 

  17. Knutson, D.: λ-rings and the representation theory of the symmetric group, Springer, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  18. Berthelot, P.: ‘Généralités sur les λ-anneaux’, in Sém. Géom. Algébrique, Vol. 6, Springer, 1972, pp. 297–365.

    Google Scholar 

  19. Fulton, W. and Lang, S.: Riemann—Roch algebra, Springer, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  20. Tom Dieck, T.: Transformation groups and representation theory, Springer, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  21. Siebbneicher, G: ‘X-Ringstrukturen auf dem Burnside ring der Permutationsdarstellungen einer endlichen Gruppe’, Math. Z 146 (1976), 223–238.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  22. Adams, J.F.: ‘Vectorfields on spheres’, Ann. of Math. 75 (1962), 603–632.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  23. Hazewinkel, M: ‘Twisted Lubin—Tate formal group laws, ramified Witt vectors and (ramified) Artin—Hasse exponentials’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 259 (1980), 47–63.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  24. Artin, E. and Hasse, H.: ‘Die beide Ergänzungssätze zum Reciprozitätsgesetz der I n-ten Potenzreste im Körper der I n-ten Einheitswurzeln’, Abh. Math. Sem. Univ. Hamburg 6 (1928), 146–162.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  25. Whaples, G.: ‘Generalized local class field theory III: Second form of the existence theorem, structure of analytic groups’, Duke Math. J. 21 (1954), 575–581.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  26. Orothendibck, A.: ‘Formule de Lcfschctz et rationalité des fonctions L’ in Sem. Bourbaki, Vol. 17, 1964-1965.

    Google Scholar 

  27. Grothendieck, A.: ‘Cohomologie I-adique et fonctions L’, in SGA 5, Lecture notes in math., Vol. 589, Springer. 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  28. Milne, J.S.: Etale cohomo Logy, Princeton Univ. Press. 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  29. Freitag, E and Kiehl, R.: Etale cohomohgy and the Weil conjectures, Springer, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  30. Deligne, P.: ‘La conjecture de Weil I’, Publ. Math. IHES 43 (1974), 273–307.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  31. Deligne, P.: ‘La conjecture de Weil II’, Publ. Math. IHES 52 (1980), 137–252.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  32. Gelbart, S.: ‘An elementary introduction to the Langlands program’, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 10 (1984), 177–220.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  33. Rapoport, M., Schappacher, N. and Schneider, P. (eds.): Beilinson’s conjectures on special values of L-functions, Acad. Press, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  34. Hirzebruch, F.: Topological methods in algebraic geometry, Springer, 1966 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  35. Lindenmayer, A.: ‘Mathematical models for cellular interacton in development I–II’, J. Theoret. Biology 18 (1968), 280–315.

    Google Scholar 

  36. Rozenberg, G. and Salomaa, A.: The mathematical theory of L-systems, Acad. Press, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  37. Lindenmayer, A.: ‘Models for multicellular development: characterization, inference and complexity of L-systems’, in A. Kelemenovà and J. Kelemen (eds.): Trends, Techniques, and Problems in Theoretical Computer Science: 4th internal meeting young computer scientists, Smolenice, Oct. 1986, Lecture notes computer sci., Vol. 281, Springer, 1987, pp. 138–168.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  38. Hadamard, J.: Lectures on Cauchy’s problem in linear partial differential equations, Dover, reprint, 1952.

    Google Scholar 

  39. Mathisson, M:‘Le problème de M Hadamard rélatif à la diffusion des ondes’, Acta Math 71, no. 3–4 (1939), 249–282.

    Google Scholar 

  40. Petrovskü, I.G.: ‘On the diffusion of waves and the lacunas for hyperbolic equations’, Mat, Sb. 17 (1945), 289–370 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  41. Courant, R. and Hilbert, D.: Methods of mathematical physics. Partial differential equations, 2, Interscience, 1965 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  42. Stellmacher, K.L.: ‘Ein Beispiel einer Huyghensschen Differentialgleichung’, Nachr. Akad. Wiss. Göttingen Math.-Phys. Kl. 10 (1953), 133–138.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  43. Mclenaghan, R.G.: ‘An explicit determination of the empty space-times on which the wave equation satisfies Huygens’ principle’, Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 65 (1969), 139–155.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  44. Ørsted, B.: ‘The conformai invariance of Huygens’ principle’, J. Diff. Geom. 16 (1981), 1–9.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  45. Atiyah, M.F., Bott, R. and Gårdino, L.: ‘Lacunas for hyperbolic differential operations with constant coefficients I’, Acta Math. 124 (1970), 109–189.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  46. Atiyah, M.F., Bot, R. and Gårdino, L.: ‘Lacunas for hyperbolic differential operations with constant coefficients II’, Acta Math. 131 (1973), 145–206.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  47. Gårdino, L.: ‘Sharp fronts of paired oscillatory integrals’, Publ. Res. Inst. Math. Sci. Kyoto Univ. 12. Suppl. (1977), 53–68.

    Google Scholar 

  48. Bieberbach, L.: Analytische Fortsetzung, Springer, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  49. Titchmarsh, E.C.: The theory of functions, Oxford Univ. Press, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  50. Dienes, P.: The Taylor serries, Oxford Univ. Press & Dover, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  51. Bary, N.K. [N.K. Bari]: A treatise on trigonometric series, Pergamcm, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  52. Egorov, I.P.: ‘Motions in generalized differential-geometric spaces’, Progress in Math. 6 (1970), 171–228. (Itogi Nauk Algebra Topol. Geom. 1965 (1967), 375-428)

    Google Scholar 

  53. Egorov, I.P.: ‘Automorphisms in generalized spaces’, J. Soviet Math. 14 (1980), 1260–1287. (Itogi Nauk. i Tekhn. Probl. Geom. 10 (1978), 147-191)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  54. Egorov, I.P.: Geometry, Moscow, 1979 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  55. Kobayashi, S.: Transformation groups in differential geometry, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  56. S.Kobayashi and Nagano, T.: ‘Riemannian manifolds with abundant symmetries’, in Differential geometry (in honor of K. Yano), Kinokyniya, 1972, pp. 196-220.

    Google Scholar 

  57. Wakacuwa, H.: ‘On n-dimensional Riemannian spaces admitting some groups of motions of order less than n(n−1)/2’ Tohoku Math. J. 6 (1964), 121–134.

    Google Scholar 

  58. Bochner, S.: ‘Vector fields and Ricci curvature’, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 52 (1946), 776–797.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  59. Kaczmarz, S. and Steinhaus, H.: Theorie der Orthogonalreihen, Chelsea, reprint, 1951.

    Google Scholar 

  60. Albxits, G.: Konvergenzprobleme der Orthogonalreihen, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft, 1960.

    Google Scholar 

  61. Gaposhkin, V.F.: ‘Lacunary series and independent functions’, Russian Math. Surveys 21, no. 6 (1966), 1–82. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 21, no. 6 (1966), 3-82)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  62. Bary, N.K. [N.K. Bari]: A treatise on trigonometric series, Pergamon, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  63. Zygmund, A.: Trigonometric series, 1-2, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  64. Ul’yanov, P.L.: ‘Solved and unsolved problems in the theory of trigonometric and orthogonal series’, Russian Math. Surveys 19, no. 1 (1964), 1–62. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 19, no. 1 (1964), 3-69)

    Google Scholar 

  65. Gaposhkin, V.F.: ‘Lacunary series and independent functions’, Russion Math. Surveys 21, no. 6 (1966), 1–82. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 21, no. 6 (1966), 3-82)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  66. Kahane, J.P.: Some random series of junctions, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  67. Kahane, J.P.: Séries de Fourier absolument convergentes, Springer, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  68. Rudin, W.: Fourier analysis on groups, Interscience, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  69. Lagrange, J.L.: Oeuvres, 6, Gauthier-Villars, 1873.

    Google Scholar 

  70. Whittaker, E.T.: Analytical dynamics of particles and rigid bodies, Dover, reprint, 1944.

    Google Scholar 

  71. Lur’e, A.I.: Analytical mechanics, Moscow, 1961 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  72. Goldstein, H.: Classical mechanics, Addison-Wesley, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  73. Abraham, R. and Marsden, J.E.: Foundations of mechanics, Benjamin/Cummings. 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  74. Gantmacher, F.R. [F.R. Gantmakher]: Lectures in analytical mechanics, Mir, 1975 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  75. Lagrange, J.L.: ‘Sur l’intégration d’une équation différentielle’, in J.A. Serret (ed.): Oeuvres, Vol. 1, G. Olms, reprint, 1973, pp. 21–36.

    Google Scholar 

  76. Stepanow, W.W. [V.V. Stepanov]: Lehrbuch der Differentialgleichungen, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1956 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  77. Ince, E.L.: Ordinary differential equations, Dover, reprint, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  78. Lagrange, J.L.: Mécanique analytique, 1-2, A. Blanchard, reprint, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  79. Whittaker, E.T.: Analytical dynamics of particles and rigid bodies, Dover, reprint, 1944.

    Google Scholar 

  80. Arnol’d, V.I.: Mathematical methods of classical mechanics, Springer, 1978 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  81. Gantmacher, F. [F. Gantmakher]: Lectures in analytical mechanics, Mir, 1975 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  82. Smirnov, V.I.: A course of higher mathematics, 1, Addison-Wcsley, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  83. Hadley, G.F.: Nonlinear and dynamic programming, Addison-Wesley, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  84. Kuhn, H.W. and Tucker, A.W.: ‘Nonlinear programming’, in Proc 2nd Berkeley Symp. Math, Stat. Probab., Univ. Calif. Press, 1951, pp. 481-492.

    Google Scholar 

  85. Buss, G.A.: Lectures on the calculus of variations, Chicago Univ. Press, 1947.

    Google Scholar 

  86. Rockafellar, R.T.: Convex analysis, Princeton Univ. Press, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  87. Rockafellar, R.T.: The theory of subgradients and its applications to problems of optimization. Convex and nonconvex functions, Meldermann, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  88. Avriel, M: Nonlinear programming: analysis and methods, Prentice-Hall, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  89. Cesari, L.: Optimization-theory and applications. Problems with ordinary differential equations, Springer, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  90. Akhiezer, N.I.: The calculus of variations, Blaisdell, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  91. Berezin, I.S. and Zhidkov, N.P.: Computing methods, Pergamon, 1973 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  92. Bakhvalov, N.S.: Numericol methods: analysis, algebra, ordinary differential equations, Mir, 1977 (translated from the Russian)

    Google Scholar 

  93. Davis, P.J.: Interpolation and approximation, Dover, reprint, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  94. Johnson, L.W. and Riess, R.D.: Numerical analysis, Addison-Wesley, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  95. Phillips, G.M. and Taylor, P.J.: Theory and applications of numerical analysis, Acad. Press, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  96. Ganthakher, F.R.: The theory of matrices, Chelsea, reprint, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  97. Kurosh, A.G.: Higher algebra, Mir, 1972 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  98. Aleksandrov, P.S.: Lectures on analytical geometry, Moscow, 1968 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  99. Hadley, G.F.: Nonlinear and dynamic programming, Addison-Wesley, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  100. Buss, G.A.: Lectures on the calculus of variations, Chicago Univ. Press, 1947.

    Google Scholar 

  101. Bryson, A.E. and Ho, Y.-C.: Applied optimal control, Blaisdell. 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  102. Rockafellar, R.T.: Convex analysis, Princeton Univ. Press, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  103. Maupertuis, P.L.M: Histoire l’Acad. Royale Sci Paris 1744 (1748), 417.

    Google Scholar 

  104. Euler, L.: Methodus inveniendi lineas curvas maximi minimive proprietate gaudentes sive sohitio problematis isoperimetrici Ultissimo sensu accepti, Lausanne-Geneva, 1744.

    Google Scholar 

  105. Lagrange, J.L.: ‘Essai d’une nouvelle méthode pour déterminer les maxima et les minima des formules intégrales indéfinies’, in J.A. Serret (ed.): Oeuvres, Vol. 1, G. Olms, reprint, 1973, pp. 333–362.

    Google Scholar 

  106. Suslov, G.K.: Theoretical mechanics, Moscow, 1944 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  107. Arnol’d, V.I.: Mathematical methods of classical mechanics, Springer, 1978 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  108. Whittaker, E.T.: Analytical dynamics of particles and rigid bodies, Dover, reprint, 1944.

    Google Scholar 

  109. Gantmacher, F. [F.R. Gantmakher]: Lectures in analytical mechanics, Mir, 1975 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  110. Lagrangb, J.L.: Mécanique analytique, I-II, A. Blanchard, reprint. 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  111. Poincaré, H.: Les méthodes nouvelles de la mécanique céleste, 3, Blanchard, reprint, 1987, Chapt 26.

    Google Scholar 

  112. Nemytskiĭ, V.V. and Stepanov, V.V.: Qualitative theory of differential equations, Princeton Univ. Press, 1960 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  113. Kargapolov, M.I. and Merzlyakovx Yu.I.: Fundamentals of the theory of groups, Springer, 1979 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  114. Hall, P.: The theory of groups, MacMillan, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  115. Waerden, B.L. van der: Algebra, 2, Springer, 1967 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  116. Lagrange, J.L.: ‘Nouvelle méthode pour résoudre les problèmes indéterminés en nombres entiérs’, in J.A. Serret (ed.): Oeuvres, Vol. 2, G. Olms, reprint, 1973, pp. 653–726.

    Google Scholar 

  117. Vinogradov, I.M.: Elements of number theory, Dover, 1954 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  118. Waerden, B.L. van der: Algebra, 2, Springer, 1967 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  119. Lagrange, J.L.: ‘Démonstration d’un théorème d’arithmétique’, in J.A. Serret (ed.): Oeuvres, Vol. 3, G. Olms, reprint, 1973, pp. 187–201.

    Google Scholar 

  120. Serre, J.-P.: A course in arithmetic, Springer, 1973 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  121. Hardy, G.H. and Wright, E.M.: An introduction to the theory of numbers, Oxford Univ. Press, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  122. Lagrangb, J.L.: ‘Sur la solution des problèmes indéterminés du second degré’, in J.A. Serret (ed.): Oeuvres, Vol. 2, G. Olms, reprint, 1973, pp. 376–535.

    Google Scholar 

  123. Kmnchin, A. Ya.: Continued fractions, Univ. Chicago Press, 1964, Chapt. II, §10 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  124. Hardy, G.H. and Wright, E.M.: An introduction to the theory of numbers, Oxford Univ. Press, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  125. Arnol’d, V.I.: Mathematical methods of classical mechanics, Springer, 1978 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  126. Bogolyubov, N.N. and Shirkov, D.V.: Introduction to the theory of quantized fields, Interscience, 1959 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  127. Ioffe, A.D. and Tikhomirov, V.M.: Theory of extremal problems, North-Holland, 1979 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  128. Pontryagiin, L.S., et al.: The mathematical theory of optimal processes, Wiley, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  129. Sternberg, S.: Lectures on differential geometry, Prentice-Hall, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  130. Faddeev, L.D.: ‘The Feynman integral for singular Lagrangians’, Teoret. i Mat. Fiz. 1, no. 1 (1969), 1–8 (in Russian). English abstract.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  131. Gantmacher, F. [F. Gantmakher]: Lectures in analytical mechanics, Mir, 1975 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  132. Libermann, P. and Marlb, C.-M.: Symplectic geometry an analytical mechanics, Reidel, 1987, Chapt. 2, Sects. 10-13.

    Google Scholar 

  133. Maslov, V.P.: Théorie des perturbations et méthodes asymptotiques, Dunod, 1972 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  134. Maslov, V.P.: Introduction to the method of phase integrals (the WKB method), Moscow, 1965 (in Russian). Appendix to the Russian translation of: J. Heading. The WKB method in the multi —dimensional case.

    Google Scholar 

  135. Arnol’d, V.I.: Mathematical methods of classical mechanics, Springer, 1978 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  136. Maslov, V.P. and Fedoryuk, M.V.: Semi-classical approximation in quantum mechanics, Reidel, 1981 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  137. Mischchenko, A.S., Sternin, B.Yu. and Shatalov, V.E.: Lagrangian manifolds and the canonical operator method, Moscow, 1978 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  138. Arnol’d, V.J. and Giventhal, A.B.: Symplectic geometry, IV, Springer, 1988 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  139. Libermann, P. and Marle, C.-M.: Symplectic geometry and analytical mechanics, Reidel, 1987 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  140. Vaismann, L: Symplectic geometry and secondary char teristic classes, Birkhäuser, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  141. Laguerre, E.: ‘Sur la théorie des foyers’, Nouv. Ann. Math. 12 (1853), 57–66.

    Google Scholar 

  142. Laguerre, E.: Oeuvres, 2, Chelsea, reprint, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  143. Rozenfel’d, B.A.: Non-Euclidean geometry, Moscow, 1955 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  144. Berger, M.: Geometry, 1-2, Springer, 1987 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  145. Laguerre, E.: ‘Sur le transformations des fonctions elliptiques’, Bull Soc. Math. France 6 (1878), 72–78.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  146. Steklov, V.A.: Izv. Imp. Akad. Nauk. 10 (1916), 633–642.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  147. Szegö, G.: Orthogonal polynomials, Amer. Math. Soc., 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  148. Suetin, P.K.: Classical orthogonal polynomials, Moscow, 1979 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  149. Follano, G.B.: Harmonic analyste in phase space, Princeton Univ. Press, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  150. Zemanian, A.G.: Generalized integral transformations, Interscience, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  151. McCully, J.: ‘The Laguerre transform’, SIAM Rev. 2, no. 3 (1960), 185–191.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  152. Debnath, L.: ‘On Laguerre transform’, Butt. Calcutta Math, Soc. 52, no. 2 (1960), 69–77.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  153. Brychkov, Yu. A. and Prudnikov, A.P.: ‘Operational calculus’, Progress in Math. 1 (1968), 1–74. (Itogi Nauk. Mat. Anal. 1966(1967), 7-82)

    Google Scholar 

  154. Kagan, V.F.: The foundations of geometry, 1, Moscow-Leningrad, 1949 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  155. Pogorelov, A.V.: Lectures on the foundations of geometry, Noordhoff, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  156. Busemann, H. and Kelly, P.: Projective geometry and projective metrics, Acad. Press, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  157. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Introduction to geometry, Wiley, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  158. Greenberg, M.: Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries, Freeman, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  159. Efimow, N.W. [N.V. Efimov]: Höhere Geometrie, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1960 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  160. Norden, A.P.: Elementare Einführung in die Lobatschewskische Geometrie, Deutsch. Vertag Wissenschaft., 1968 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  161. Bonola, R.: Non-Euclideen geometry, Dover, reprint, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  162. Lambert, J.H.: Opera Mathematica, 1-2, Füssli, 1946-1948.

    Google Scholar 

  163. Fichtenholz, G.M.: Differential und Integralrechnung, 2, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  164. Postnikov, A.G.: Introduction to analytic number theory, Moscow, 1971 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  165. Apostol, T.M.: Modular forms and Dirichlet series in analysis, Springer, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  166. Rademacher, H.: Topics in analytic number theory, Springer, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  167. Knopp, K.: Theorie und Anwendung der unendlichen Reihen, Springer, 1964. English translation: Blackie, 1951.

    Google Scholar 

  168. Lambert, J.H.: Anlage zur Architektonik, 2, Riga, 1771.

    Google Scholar 

  169. Hardy, G.H.: Divergent series, Clarendon, 1949.

    Google Scholar 

  170. Widder, D.V.: ‘An inversion of the Lambert transform’, Math. Mag. 23 (1950), 171–182.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  171. Ditxin, V.A. and Prudnikov, A.P.: ‘Integral transforms’, Progress in Math 4 (1969), 1–85. (Itogi Nauk. Mat. Anal 1966 (1967), 7-82)

    Google Scholar 

  172. Lamé, G.: Leçons sur les coordonnées curvilinear et leurs diverses applications, Paris, 1859.

    Google Scholar 

  173. Laptev, G.F.: Elements of vector calculus, Moscow, 1975 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  174. Morse, P.M. and Feshbach, H.: Methods of theoretical physics, 1, McGraw-Hill, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  175. Sokolnikoff, I.S. [I.S. Sokolnikov] and Redhbffer, R.M.: Mathematics of physics and engineering, McGraw-Hill, 1958.

    Google Scholar 

  176. Davis, H.F. and Snider, A.D.: Introduction to vector analysis, Allyn & Bacon, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  177. Landau, L.D. and Lifshitz, E.M.: Theory of elasticity, Pergamon, 1959 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  178. Sokolnikoff, I.S. [I.S. Sokolnikov]: Mathematical theory of elasticity, McGraw-Hill, 1956 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  179. Hunter, S.C.: Mechanics of continuous media, Wiley, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  180. Savelov, A. A.: Plane curves, Moscow, 1960 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  181. Fladt, K.: Analytische Geometrie spezieller ebener Kurven, Akad. Verlagsgesellschaft, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  182. Gomes Teixira, F.: Traité des courbes, 1-3, Chelsea, reprint, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  183. Lamé, G.: ‘Sur les surfaces isothermes dans les corps homogènes en équilibre de température’, J. Math. Pures Appl. 2 (1837), 147–188.

    Google Scholar 

  184. Strutt, M.J.O.: ‘Lamésche, Mathieusche und Verwandte Funktionen in Physik und Technik’, Ergebn. Math. 1, no. 3 (1932).

    Google Scholar 

  185. Whittaker, E.T. and Watson, G.N.: A course of modern analysis, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1952.

    Google Scholar 

  186. Bateman, H. and Erdélyi, A.: Higher transcendental functions. Automorphic functions, 3, McGraw-Hill, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  187. Hobson, E.W.: The theory of spherical and ellipsoidal harmonics, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1931.

    Google Scholar 

  188. Landau, L.D.: ‘Die kinetische Gleichung für den Fall Coulombscher Wechselwirkung’, Phys. Z. Sowjetunion 10, no. 2 (1936), 154–164.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  189. Landau, L.D.: ‘The kinetic equation in the case of Coulomb interaction’, Zh. Eksper. i Teoret. Fiz. 7, no. 2 (1937), 203–209 (translated from the German).

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  190. Trubnkov, B.A.: ‘Problems of plasma theory’, in M.A. Leontovich (ed.): Reviews in plasma physics, New York, 1965, pp. 105-204.

    Google Scholar 

  191. Balescu, R.: Equilibrium and non-equilibrium statistical mechanics, 1-2, Wiley, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  192. Arsen’ev, A.A. and Peskov, N.V.: ‘On the existence of a generalized solution of Landau’s equation’, USSR Comp. Math. Math Phys. 17, no. 4 (1977), 241–245. (Zh. Vychisl. Mat. i Mat. Fiz. 17 (1977), 1063-1068)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  193. Kiileen, J. and Marx, K.D.: Methods in computational physics, 9, Acad. Press, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  194. Kiileen, J., Mirin, A.A. and Rensink, M.K.: Methods in computational physics, 16, Acad. Press, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  195. Samarskiĭ, A.A.: Theorie der Differenzverfahren, Akad. Verlagsgesell. Geest u. Portig K.-D., 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  196. Landau, E: ‘Ueber eine Verallgemeinerung des Picardschen Satzes’, Sitzungsber Preuss. Akad. Wiss. 38 (1904), 1118–1133.

    Google Scholar 

  197. Landau, E. and Gaier, D.: Darstellung und Begründung einiger neuerer Ergebnisse der Funktionentheorie, Springer, reprint, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  198. Landau, E.: ‘Zum Koebeschen Verzerrungssatz’ Rend Circ. Mat Palermo 46 (1922), 347–348.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  199. Landau, E: ‘Der Picard—Schottkysche Satz und die Blochasche Konstante’, Sitzungsber. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Phys. Math. Kl. 32 (1926), 467–474.

    Google Scholar 

  200. Landau, E: ‘Ueber die Blochsche Konstante und zwei verwandte Weltkonstanten’, Math. Z. 30 (1929), 608–634.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  201. Landau, E: ‘Ansgewählte Kapitel der Funktionentheorie’, Trudy Tbihs. Mal Inst. Akad. Nauk. SSSR 8 (1940), 23–68.

    Google Scholar 

  202. Stcĭlov, S.: The theory of functions of a complex variable, 1-2, Moscow, 1962 (in Russian and Rumanian).

    Google Scholar 

  203. Goluzin, G.M.: Geometric theory of functions of a complex variable, Amer. Math. Soc., 1969 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  204. Valiron, G.: Fonctions analytiques, Moscow, 1957 (in Russian; translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  205. Bermant, A.: ‘Dilatation of a modular function and reconstruction problems’, Mat Sb. 15, no. 2 (1944), 285–318 (in Russian). French abstract.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  206. Rademacher, H.: ‘On the Bloch—Landau constant’, Amer. J. Math. 66 (1943), 387–390.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  207. Minda, C.D.: ‘Bloch constants’, J. d’Anal. Math. 41 (1982), 54–84.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  208. Langevin, P.: ‘Sur la théorie de mouvement Brownien’, C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris 146 (1908), 530–533.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  209. Uhlenbeck, G.E. and Ornstein, L.S.: ‘On the theory of Brownian motion’, Phys. Rev. 36 (1930), 823–841.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  210. Ford, G.W., Kac, M. and Mazur, P.: ‘Statistical mechanics of assemblies of coupled oscillators’, J. Math. Phys. 6 (1965), 504–515.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  211. Barnett, C., Streater, R.F. and Wilde, I.F.: ‘Quasi-free quantum stochastic integrals for the CAR and CCR’, J. Funct. Anal. 52 (1983), 19–47.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  212. Hudson, R.L. and Parthasarathy, K.R.: ‘Quantum Itô’s formula and stochastic evolutions’, Commun. Math. Phys. 93 (1984), 301–323.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  213. Beltrami, E: ‘Richerche di analisi applicata alla geometria’, in Opere Matematiche, Vol. 1, Milano, 1902, pp. 107–198.

    Google Scholar 

  214. Schiffer, M. and Spencer, D.C.: Functionals of finite Riemann surfaces, Princeton Univ. Press, 1954.

    Google Scholar 

  215. Laplace, P.S.: Théorie analytique des probabilités, Paris, 1812.

    Google Scholar 

  216. Feller, W.: An introduction to probability theory and its opplication 2, Wiley, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  217. Lukacs, E.: Characteristic functions, Griffin, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  218. Euler, L.: Novi Commentarii Acad. Sci Petropolitanae 6 (1761).

    Google Scholar 

  219. d’Alembert, J.: Opuscules mathématiques, 1, Paris, 1761.

    Google Scholar 

  220. Laplace, P.S.: Hist. Acad. Sci Paris (1782) (1785).

    Google Scholar 

  221. Laplace, P.S.: Celestial mechanics, 2, Chelsea, reprint, 1966 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  222. Viaddmirov, V.S.: Equations of mathematical physics, Mir, 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  223. Markushevich, A.I.: Theory of functions of a complex variable, 2, Chelsea, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  224. Morse, P.M. and Fbshbach, H.: Methods of theoretical physics, 2, McGraw-Hill, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  225. Bocher, M.: Ueber die Reihenentwicklungen der Potentialtheorie, Teubner, 1894.

    Google Scholar 

  226. Laorange, J.L.:’ sur l’équation séculaire de la lune’, Mém. Acad. Roy. Sci. Paris (1773).

    Google Scholar 

  227. Laplace, P.S.: ‘Mémoire sur la théorie de l’anneau de Saturne’, Hist. Acad. Sci. Paris (1787).

    Google Scholar 

  228. Lang, S.: Complex analysis, Springer, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  229. Gilbaro, D. and Trudinger, N.S.: Bliptic partial differential equations of second order. Springer, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  230. Petrovskiĭ, I.G.: Partial differential equations, Saunders, 1967 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  231. Courant, R. and Hilbert, D.: Methods of mathematical physics. Partial differential equations, 2, Interscience, 1965 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  232. Tichonoff, A.N. [A.N. Tikhonov] and Samarskiĭ, A.A.: Differentialgleichungen der mathematischen Physik, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1959 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  233. Aubin, J.P.: Approximation of elliptic boundary-value problems, Wiley, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  234. Ciarlbt, P.G.: The finite element method for elliptic problems, North-Holland, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  235. Dyakonov, E.G.: Minimization of computational work. Asymptotically optimal algorithms for elliptic problems, Moscow, 1989 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  236. Bakhvalov, N.S.: ‘About optimization of numerical methods’, in Proc. Internat. Congress of Mathematicians Nice, 1970, Vol. 3, Gauthier-Villars, 1971, pp. 289–295.

    Google Scholar 

  237. Volkov, E.A.: ‘On the smoothness of solutions of the Dirichlet problem and the composite mesh method on polyhedra’, Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 150 (1979), 71–104. (Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov. 150 (1979), 67-98)

    Google Scholar 

  238. Samarskiĭ, A.A. and Fryazinov, I.V.: ‘Difference approximation methods for problems of mathematical physics’, Russian Math. Surveys 31, no. 6 (1976), 179–213. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 31, no. 6 (1976), 167-197)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  239. Banerjee, P.K. and Butterfield, R.: Boundary element methods in engineering science, McGraw-Hill, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  240. Grouch, S.L. and Starfield, A.M.: Boundary element methods in solid mechanics, Allen & Unwin, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  241. Rices, J.R. and Boisvert, R.F.: Solving elliptic problems using ELLPACK, Springer, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  242. Bnrkhoff, G. and Lynch, R.E.: Numerical solution of elliptic problems, SIAM, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  243. Varga, R.S.: Matrix iterative analysis, Prentice-Hall, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  244. Wachspress, E.L.: Iterative solutions of elliptic systems, Prentice-Hall, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  245. Young, D.M.: Iterative solutions of large linear system, Acad. Press, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  246. Strano, G. and Fix, G.J.: An analysis of the finite element method, Prentice-Hall, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  247. Mitchell, A.R. and Griffits, A.F.: The finite difference methods in partial differential equations, Wiley, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  248. Johnson, C.: Numerical solutions of partial differential equations by the finite element method, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  249. Oberhettinoer, F. and Badii, L.: Tables of Laplace transforms, Springer, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  250. Sneddon, I.N.: The use of integral transforms, McGraw-Hill, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  251. Ditkin, V.A. and Prudnkov, A.P.: Integral transforms, Plenum, 1969 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  252. Doetsch, G.: Handbuch der Laplace-Transformation, 1-3, Birkhäuser, 1950-1956.

    Google Scholar 

  253. Laplace, P.S.: ‘Essai philosophique sur les probabilités’, in Oeuvres complètes, Vol. 7, Gauthier-Villars, 1886.

    Google Scholar 

  254. Erdélyl A.: Asymptotic expansions, Dover, reprint, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  255. Bruun, N.G. de: Asymptotic methods in analysis, Dover, reprint, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  256. Evorafov, M. A.: Asymptotic estimates and entire functions, Gordon & Breach, 1961 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  257. Copson, E.T.: Asymptotic expansions, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  258. Olver, F.W J.: Asymptotics and special functions, Acad. Press, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  259. Riekstyn’sh, E.: Asymptotic expansions of integrals, 1, Riga, 1974 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  260. Fbdoryuk, M.V.: The method of steepest descent, Moscow, 1977 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  261. Bleistein, N. and Handelsman, R.A.: Asymptotic expansions of integrals, Holt, Rinehart & Winston, 1975, Chapt. 5.

    Google Scholar 

  262. Rham, G. de: Differentiable manifolds, Springer, 1984 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  263. Chern, S.S.: Complex manifolds, Univ. Recife, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  264. Wells, jr., R.O.: Differential analysis on complex manifolds, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  265. Hodge, W.V.D.: The theory and application of harmonic integrals, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1952.

    Google Scholar 

  266. Darboux, G.: Leçons sur la théorie générale des surfaces, 2, Chelsea, reprint, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  267. Finikow, S.P. [S.P. Ftnikov]: Theorie der Kongruenzen, Akad. Verlag, 1959 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  268. Chern, S.S.: ‘Laplace transforms of a class of higherdimensional varieties in a projective space of n dimensions’, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci USA 30 (1944), 95–97.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  269. Smirnov, R.V.: ‘Laplace transforms of p-conjugate systems’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 71, no. 3 (1950), 437–439 (in Russian).

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  270. Laplacb, P.S.: Théorie analytique des probabilités, Paris, 1812.

    Google Scholar 

  271. Moivre, A. de: Miscellanea analytica de seriebus et quadraturis, London, 1730.

    Google Scholar 

  272. Prokhorov, Yu.V. and Rozanov, Yu. A.: Probability theory, Springer, 1969 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  273. Feller, W.: ‘On the normal approximation to the binomial distribution’, Ann. Math. Statist. 16 (1945), 319–329.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  274. Feller, W.: An introduction to probability theory and its applications, 1, Wiley, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  275. Petrov, V.V.: Sums of independent random variables, Springer, 1975 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  276. Laplace, P.S.: Théorie analytique des probabilités, Paris, 1812.

    Google Scholar 

  277. Pol, B. van der and Bremmbr, H.: Operational calculus based on the two-sided Laplace integral, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  278. Bochner, S.: Lectures on Fourier integrals, Princeton Univ. Press, 1959 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  279. Ditkin, V.A. and Prudnkov, A.P.: Operational calculus, Moscow, 1966 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  280. Ditkin, V.A. and Prudnkov, A.P.: Integral transforms and operational calculus, Moscow, 1974 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  281. Doetsch, G.: Handbuch der Laplace-Transformation, 1-3, Birkhäuser, 1950-1956.

    Google Scholar 

  282. Vladmirov, V.S.: Generalized functions in mathematical physics, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  283. Zemanian, A.H.: Generalized integral transformations, Wiley, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  284. Aĭzenshtat, V.S., Krylov, V.I. and Metel’skiĭ, A.S.: Tables for the numerical Laplace transform and the evaluation of integrals of the form \(\int_0^\infty {x^s e^{ - x} } f\left( x \right)dx\), Minsk, 1962 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  285. Salzbr, H.E. and Zucker, R.: ‘Tables of the zeros and weight factors of the first fifteen Laguerre polynomials’, Bull Amer. Math. Soc. 55 (1949), 1004–1012.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  286. Pal’tsev, A.A. and Skoblya, N.S.: ‘The integration of bounded functions with a Laguerre weight’, Izv. Akad. Nauk BSSR Ser. Fiz. Mat. Nauk 3 (1965), 15–23 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  287. Krylov, V.I. and Skoblya, N.S.: Handbook of numerical inversion of Laplace transforms, Israel Program Sci. Transi., 1969 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  288. Krylov, V.I. and Skoblya, N.S.: Handbook of methods of approximate Fourier transformation and inversion of Laplace transformation, Mir, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  289. Oberhetitnger, F. and Badii, L.: Tables of Laplace transforms, Springer, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  290. Sneddon, I.N.: The use of integral transforms, McGraw-Hill, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  291. Widder, D.V.: The Laplace transform, Princeton Univ. Press, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  292. Doetsch, G.: Introduction to the theory and application of the Laplace transformation, Springer, 1974 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  293. Wolff, K.B.: Integral transforms in science and engineering, Plenum, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  294. Tzitzeica, G.: Géométrie différentielle projective des réseaux, Gauthier-Villars & Acad. Roumaine, 1924.

    Google Scholar 

  295. Bazylev, V.T.: ‘Multidimensional nets and their transformations’, Itogi Nauk. Geom. 1963 (1965), 138-164 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  296. Finikow, S.P. [S.P. Finikov]: Theorie der Kongruenzen, Akad. Verlag, 1959 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  297. Hermann, J.: Giornale de Letterati d’Italia, Venice 2 (1710), 447–467.

    Google Scholar 

  298. Laplace, P.: Celestial mechanics, 1, Chelsea, reprint, 1966 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  299. Volk, O.: ‘Miscellanea from the history of celestial mechanics II’, Celestial Mech. 14 (1976), 365–382.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  300. Duboshin, G.N.: Celestial mechanics. Fundamental problems and methods, Moscow, 1975 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  301. Popov, V.S.: Higher energy physics and the theory of elementary particles, Kiev, 1967, pp. 702-727 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  302. Belotserkovskĭ, O.M. and Davydov, Yu.M.: The method of large particles in gas dynamics. Numerical experiments, Moscow, 1982 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  303. Davydov, Yu.M.: ‘Calculation by the “coarse particle” method of the flow past a body of arbitrary shape’, USSR Comp. Math. Math. Phys. 11, no. 4 (1972), 304–312. (Zh. Vychisl Mat. Mat. Fiz. 11, no. 4 (1972), 1056-1063)

    Google Scholar 

  304. Marchuk, G.I.: Methods of numerical mathematics, Springer, 1975 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  305. Davydov, Yu.M.: Differential approximations and representations of difference schemes, Moscow, 1981 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  306. Prachar, K.: Primzahlverteilung, Springer, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  307. Davenport, H.: Multiplicative number theory, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  308. Halberstam, H. and Richert, H.-E.: Sieve methods, Acad. Press, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  309. Bombieri, E.: ‘Le grand crible dans la théorie analytique des nombres’, Astérisque 18 (1974).

    Google Scholar 

  310. Tamm, I.E.: Foundations of electricity theory, Moscow, 1957 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  311. Landau, L.D. and Lifshitz, E.M.: The classical theory of fields, Addison-Wesley, 1951 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  312. Clemmow, P.C. and Dougherty, J.P.: Electrodynamics of particles and plasmas, Addison-Wesley, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  313. Lasker, E.: ‘Zur Theorie der Moduln und Ideale’, Math. Ann. 60 (1905), 19–116.

    Google Scholar 

  314. Noether, E.: ‘Idealtheorie in Ringbereiche’, Math. Ann. 83 (1921), 24–66.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  315. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Commutative algebra, Addison-Wesley, 1972 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  316. Riordan, J.: An introduction to combinatorial analysis, Wiley, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  317. Sachkov, V.N.: Combinatorial methods of discrete mathematics, Moscow, 1977 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  318. Dênes, J. and Kebdwell, A.D.: Latin squares and their applications, Acad. Press, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  319. Hali, M.: Combinatorial theory, Blaisdell, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  320. Ruser, H.J.: Combinatorial mathematics, Carus Math. Monogr., 14, Math. Assoc. Amer, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  321. Wilson, R.M.: ‘Nonisomorphic Steiner triple systems’, Math. Z. 136 (1974), 303–313.

    Google Scholar 

  322. Shor, P.W.: ‘A lower bound for the length of a partial transversal in a Latin square’, J. Comb. Theory (A) 33 (1982). 1–8.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  323. Smetaniuk, B.: ‘A new construction of Latin squares I: A proof of the Evans conjecture’. Ars. Comb. 11 (1981). 155–172.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  324. Jungnickel, D.: ‘Lateinische Quadrate, ihre Geometrien und ihre Gruppen’. Jahresber. Deutsch. Math. Verein. 86 (1984). 69–108.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  325. Penfold Street, A. and Street, D.J.: Combinatorics of experimental design, Clarendon Press. 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  326. Bnrkhoff, G.: Lattice theory, Colloq. Publ., 25, Amer. Math. Soc., 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  327. Grgtzer, G.: Generai lattice theory, Birkhftuser, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  328. Saliĭ, V.N.: Lectures on lattice theory, Saratov, 1970 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  329. Skornyakov, L.A.: Complemented modular lattices and regular rings, Oliver & Boyd, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  330. Skornyakov, L.A.: Elements of lattice theory, A. Hilger, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  331. Skornyakov, L.A.: ‘Lattice theory’, Itogi Nauk Algebra, 1964 (1966), 237-274.

    Google Scholar 

  332. Glukhov, M.M., Stelletskiĭ, I.V. and Fofanova, T.S.: ‘Lattice theory’, Progress in Math. 12 (1972), 111–170. (Itogi Nauk. Algebra Topol. Geom. 1968 (1910), 101-154)

    Google Scholar 

  333. ‘Ordered sets and lattices’, Vol. 3 & 7, Saratov, 1975 & 1983 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  334. Blyth, T. and Janowitz, M: Residuation theory, Pergamon, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  335. Ordered sets and lattices, Bratislava 1985, Bratislava, 1989 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  336. Saliĭ, V.N.: Lattices with unique complements, Moscow, 1984 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  337. Beran, L.: Orthomodular lattices, Reidei, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  338. Gierz, G., Hofman, K.H., Keimel, K., Lawson, J.D., Mislove, M. and Scott, D.: A compendium of continuous lattices, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  339. Kalmbach, G.: Orthomodular lattices, Acad. Press, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  340. Kalmbach, G.: Measures and Hilbert lattices, World Scientific, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  341. McKenzie, R.M., McNulty, G. and Taylor, R.: Algebras, lattices, varieties, 1, Wadsworth, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  342. Schmidt, E.T.: A survey on congruence lattice representations, Teubner, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  343. Feit, W.: ‘An interval in the subgroup lattice of a finite group which is isomorphic to M 7’, Alg. Univ. 17 (1983), 220–221.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  344. Galian, R.: Theoriá de la dimensión, Madrid, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  345. Isbell, J.: ‘Graduation and dimension in locales’, in I.H. James and E.H. Kronheimer (eds.): Aspects of topology: in memory of Hugh Dowker, Lecture notes London Math. Soc., Vol. 93, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1985, pp. 195–210.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  346. Palfy, P.P. and Pudlák, P.: ‘Congruence lattices of finite algebras and intervals in subgroup lattices of finite groups’, Alg. Univ. 11 (1980), 22–27.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  347. Schröder, E.: Verlesungen über die Algebra der Logik, Teubner, 1890.

    Google Scholar 

  348. Dedekind, R.: ‘Ueber die von drei Moduln erzeugte Dualgruppe’, Math. Ann. 53 (1900). 371–403.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  349. Birkhoff, G.: ‘On the combination of subalgebras’, Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 29 (1933), 441–464.

    Google Scholar 

  350. Ore, O.: ‘On the foundation of abstract algebra I’, Ann. of Math. 36 (1936), 406–437.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  351. Ore, O.: ‘On the foundation of abstract algebra II’, Ann. of Math. 37 (1936), 266–292.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  352. Gnedenko, B.V.: The theory of probability, Chelsea, reprint, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  353. Petrov, V.V.: Sums of independent random variables, Springer, 1975 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  354. Prokhorov, Yu.V. and Rozanov, Yu. A.: Probability theory, Springer, 1969 (translated from the Russian)

    Google Scholar 

  355. Feller, W.: An introduction to probability theory and its applications, 1-2, Wiley, 1957-1971.

    Google Scholar 

  356. Lukacs, E: Characteristic functions, Griffin, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  357. Johnson, N.L. and Kotz, S.: Distributions in statistics: discrete distributions, Miffiin, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  358. Morris, S.: Pontryagin duality and the structure of locally compact Abelian groups, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  359. Gassels, J.W.S.: An introduction to the geometry of numbers, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  360. Erdæs, P., Gruber, P.M. and Hammer, J.: Lattice points, Longman, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  361. Gruber, P.M. and Lekkbrkerker, C.G.: Geometry of numbers, North-Holland, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  362. Gruber, P.M. and Wills, J.M. (eds.): Handbook of convex geometry, North-Holland, Forthcoming.

    Google Scholar 

  363. Kannan, R. and Lovasz, L.: ‘Covering minima and lattice-point-free convex bodies’, Ann. of Math. 128 (1988), 577–602.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  364. Birkhoff, G.: Lattice theory, Colloq. Publ., 25, Amer. Math. Soc, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  365. Fuchs, L.: Partially ordered algebraic systems, Pergamon, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  366. Anderson, M. and Feil, T.: Lattice-ordered groups. An introduction, Reidel, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  367. Glass, A.M.W. and Holland, W. Ch. (eds.): Lattice-ordered groups. Advances and techniques, Kluwer, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  368. Martinez, J. (ed.): Ordered algebraic structures, Kluwer, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  369. Birkhoff, G.: Lattice theory, Colloq. Publ., 25, Amer. Math. Soc., 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  370. Skornyakov, L.A.: Elements of lattice theory, A. Hilger, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  371. Skornyakov, L.A.: Complemented modular lattices and regular rings, Oliver & Boyd, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  372. Grillet, P.A. and Varlet, J.C.: ‘Complementedness conditions in lattices’, Bull Soc. Roy. Sci. Liège 36, no. 11–12 (1967), 628–642.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  373. Beran, L.: Orthomodular lattices, Reidel, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  374. Grätzer, G.: Lattice theory, Freeman, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  375. Dubreil-Jacotin, M.L, Lesieur, L. and Croiset, R.: Leçons sur la théorie des treilles, Gauthier-Villars, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  376. Markushevich, A.I.: Theory of functions of a complex variable, 1, Chelsea, 1977, Chapt. 4 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  377. Shabat, B.V.: Introduction to complex analysis, Moscow, 1976, Vol. 1, Chapt 2; Vol 2, Chapt. 1 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  378. Hutchins, H.C.: Examples of commutative rings, Polygonal, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  379. Cohn, P.M.: Skew field constructions, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  380. Ahlfors, L.V.: Complex analysis, McGraw-Hill, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  381. Hormander, L.: An introduction to complex analysis in several variables, North-Holland, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  382. Titchmarsh, E.C: The theory of functions, Oxford Univ. Press, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  383. Lavrentieff, M. [M.A. Lavrent’ev]: ‘Contribution à la théorie des ensembles homécmx>rphes’ Fund Math. 6 (1924), 149–160.

    Google Scholar 

  384. Lavrbnt’ev, M.A: Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 12, no. 6 (1948), 513–554.

    Google Scholar 

  385. Lavrbnt’ev, M.A: ‘On the theory of conformai mapping’, Tr. Fiz.-Mat. Inst Akad. Nauk SSSR, Otdel. Mat. 5 (1934), 195–245 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  386. ‘Mikhaĭl Akkseevieh Lavrent’ev’, in Bibliography of Soviet Scientists, Mathematics Series, Vol. 12, Acad. Sci. USSR, Moscow, 1971 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  387. Aarts, J.: ‘Completeness degree, a generalization of dimension’, Fund. Math. 63 (1968), 28–41.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  388. Chapman, T.A.: ‘Dense σ-compact subsets of infinite-dimensional manifolds’. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 154 (1971), 399–426.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  389. Douwen, E.K. van: ‘A compact space with a measure that knows which sets are homeomorphic’, Adv. Math. 52 (1984), 1–33.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  390. Engelking, R.: General topology, Heldermann, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  391. Mill, J. van: ‘Domain invariance in infinite-dimensional linear spaces’, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 101 (1987), 173–180.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  392. Mergelyan, S.N.: ‘On a theorem of MA Lavrent’ev’, Transil. Amer. Math. Soc. 3 (1962), 281–286. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 77 (1951), 565-568)

    Google Scholar 

  393. Mergelyan, S.N.: ‘On the representation of functions by series of polynomials on closed sets’, Transi. Amer. Math. Soc. 3 (1962), 287–293. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 78 (1951), 405-408)

    Google Scholar 

  394. Collingwood, E.F. and Lohwater, A.J.: The theory of cluster sets, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  395. Cesari, L.: Optimization theory and applications, Springer, 1983, Sect. 18.5.

    Google Scholar 

  396. Lavrentiev, M. [M. A. Lavrent’ev]: ‘Sur quelques problèmes du calcul des variations’, Ann. Mat. Pura Appl. 4 (1926), 7–28.

    Google Scholar 

  397. Davis, Ph. J.: Interpolation and approximation, Dover, reprint, 1975, p. 278ff.

    Google Scholar 

  398. Lavrent’ev, M.A: Variational methods for boundary value problems for systems of elliptic equations, Noordhoff, 1963 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  399. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Algebra: Modules. Rings. Forms, 2, Addison-Wcsley, 1975, Chapt 4; 5; 6 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  400. Lang, S.: Algebra, Addison-Wcslcy, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  401. Artin, E.: Geometric algebra, Interscience, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  402. Milnor, J. and Husemoller, D.: Symmetric bilinear forms, Springer 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  403. Bernoulli, J.: ‘Ars conjcctandi’, in Werke, Vol. 3, Birkhäuser, 1975, pp. 107–286.

    Google Scholar 

  404. Poisson, S.-D.: Récherches sur la probabilité des jugements en matière criminelle, etc., Paris, 1837.

    Google Scholar 

  405. Chebyshev, P.L.: Oeuvres de PL Chebyshev, 2, Chelsea, 1961.

    Google Scholar 

  406. Markov, A.A.: Wahrscheinlichkeitsrechnung, Berlin, 1912 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  407. Bernshteĭn, S.N.: Probability theory, Moscow-Leningrad, 1946 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  408. Gnedenko, B.V. and Kolmooorov, A.N.: Limit distribution for sums of independent random variables, Addison-Wesley, 1954 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  409. Doob, J.L.: Stochastic processes, Chapman and Hall & Wiley, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  410. Grenander, U.: Probabilities on algebraic structures, Wiley, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  411. Khinchin, A. Ya.:’ symmetric functions on multi-dimensional surfaces’, in To the memory of A.A. Adronov, Moscow, 1955, pp. 541-574 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  412. Loeve, M: Probability theory, Princeton Univ. Press, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  413. Uspensky, J.V.: Introduction to mathematical probability, McGraw-Hill, 1937.

    Google Scholar 

  414. Bernoulli, J.: On the law of large numbers, Moscow, 1986 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  415. Révész, P.: The laws of large numbers, Acad. Press, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  416. Hoffman-Jørgensen, J. and Pisier, G.: ‘The law of large numbers and the central limit theorem in Banach spaces’, Ann. Prob. 4 (1976), 587–599.

    Google Scholar 

  417. Hall, P. and Heyde, C.C.: Martingale limit theory and its application, Acad. Press, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  418. Dalen, D. van (ed.): Brouwer’s Cambridge lectures on intuitionism, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  419. Kolmogoroff, A.N. [A.N. Kolmogorov]: ‘Ueber das Gesetz des iterierten Logarithmus’, Math. Ann. 101 (1929), 126–135.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  420. Khintchine, A. [A.Ya. Khinchin]: ‘Ueber einen Satz der Wahrscheinlichkeitsrechnung’, Fund Math. 6 (1924), 9–20.

    Google Scholar 

  421. Marcinkiewicz, J. and Zyomund, A.: ‘Rémarque sur la loi du logarithme itéré’, Fund Math. 29 (1937), 215–222.

    Google Scholar 

  422. Feller, W.: ‘The general form of the so-called law of the iterated logarithm’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 54 (1943), 373–402.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  423. Strassen, V.: ‘An invariance principle for the law of the iterated logarithm’, Z. Wahrsch, Verw. Geb. 3 (1964), 211–226.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  424. Strassen, V.: ‘A converse to the law of iterated logarithm’, Z. Wahrsck Verw. Geb. 4 (1965-1966), 265–268.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  425. Hartman, P. and Wintner, A.: ‘On the law of the iterated logarithm’, Amer. J. Math. 63 (1941), 169–176.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  426. Lamperty, J.: Probability, Benjamin, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  427. Petrov, V.V.: Sums of independent random variables, Springer, 1975 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  428. Hall, P. and Heyde, C.C: Martingale limit theory and its application, Acad. Press, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  429. Feller, W.: An introduction to probability theory and its applications, 1, Wiley, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  430. Loève, M.: Probability theory, Princeton Univ. Press, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  431. Vinogradov, I.M: Elements of number theory, Dover, 1954 (translated from tue Russian)

    Google Scholar 

  432. Bukhshtab, A.A.: Number theory, Moscow, 1966 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  433. Faure, R., Kaufmann, A. and Denis-Papin, M.: Mathématique nouvelles, 1-2, Dunod, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  434. Lehmann, E.: Testing statistical hypotheses, Wiley, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  435. Zachs, S.: Theory of statistical inference, Wiley, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  436. Rogers, jr., H.: Theory of recursive functions and effective computability, McGraw-Hill, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  437. Markov, AA.: Wahrscheinlichkeitsrechung, Teubner, 1912 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  438. Kolmooorov, A.N.: ‘On substantiation of the method of least squares’, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 1, no. 1 (1946), 57–70 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  439. Linnk, Yu. V.: Methode der kleinste Quadraten in moderner Darstellung, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft, 1961 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  440. Nalmov, V.V.: The application of mathematical statistics to chemical analysis, Pergamon, 1963 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  441. Helmert, F.R.: Die Ausgleichungsrechnung nach der Methode der kleinsten Quadrate, Teubner, 1907.

    Google Scholar 

  442. Stigler, S.M.: The history of statistics, Harvard Univ. Press, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  443. Draper, N.R. and Smith, H.: Applied regression analysis, Wiley, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  444. Rao, C.R.: Linear statistical inference and its applications, Wiley, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  445. Daniel, C. and Wood, F.S.: Fitting equations to data: computer analysis of multifactor data for scientists and engineers, Wiley, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  446. Lebedev, N.N.: ‘On an integral representation of an arbitrary function in terms of squares of MacDonald functions with imaginary index’, Sibirsk. Mat. Zk. 3, no. 2 (1962), 213–222 (in Russian).

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  447. Lebedev, N.N.: Special functions and their applications, Prentice-Hall, 1965 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  448. Sneddon, I.N.: The use of integral transforms, McGraw-Hill, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  449. Cheney, E.W.: Introduction to approximation theory, McGraw-Hill, 1966, Chapts. 4&6.

    Google Scholar 

  450. Rivlin, T.J.: An introduction to the approximation of functions, Blaisdell, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  451. Kilgorb, T.A.: ‘A characterization of the Lagrange interpolation projection with minimal Tchebycheff norm’, J. Approx. Theory 24 (1978), 273–288.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  452. Rivun, T.J.: An introduction to the approximation of functions, Blaisdell. 1969, Sect. 4.2.

    Google Scholar 

  453. Lebesgub, H.: ‘Récherches sur le convergence des séries de Fourier’, Math. Ann. 61 (1905), 251–280.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  454. Bary, N.K. [N.K. Bari]: A treatise on trigonometric series, Pergamon, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  455. Zygmund, A.: Trigonometric series, 1–2, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  456. Lbbesgue, H.: Leçons sur l’intégration et la récherche des fonctions primitives, Gauthier-Villars, 1928.

    Google Scholar 

  457. Natanson, LP.: Theorie der Funktionen einer reellen Veränderlichen, H. Deutsch, 1961 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  458. Halmos, P.: Measure theory, v. Nostrand, 1950.

    Google Scholar 

  459. Halmos, P.: Measure theory, v. Nostrand, 1950.

    Google Scholar 

  460. Dunford, N. and Schwartz, J.T.: Linear operators, 1-3, Interscience, 1958–1971.

    Google Scholar 

  461. Lebesoub, H.: ‘Sur la non-applicabilité de deux domaines appartenant à des espaces à n et n +p dimensions’, Math. Ann, 70 (1911), 166–168.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  462. Brouwer, L.E.J.: ‘Ueber den natürlichen Dimensionsbegriff’, J. Reine Angew. Math. 142 (1913), 146–152.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  463. Aleksandrov, P.S. and Pasynkov, B.A.: Introduction to dimension theory, Moscow, 1973 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  464. Engelking, R.: Dimension theory, PWN & North-Holland, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  465. Hurewicz, W. and Wallman, H.: Dimension theory, Princeton Univ. Press, 1941.

    Google Scholar 

  466. Kaczmarz, S. and Steinhaus, H.: Theorie der Orthogonalreihen, Chelsea, reprint, 1951.

    Google Scholar 

  467. Zygmund, A.: Trigonometric series, 1-2, Cambridge Univ. Press 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  468. Rivlin, T.J.: An introduction to the approximation of functions, Blaisdell, 1969, Sect. 4.1.

    Google Scholar 

  469. Lebesgue, H.: Leçons sur l’intégration et la récherche des fonctions primitives, Gauthier-Villars, 1928.

    Google Scholar 

  470. Luzin, N.N.: The integral and trigonometric series, Moscow-Leningrad, 1951 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  471. Kolmogorov, A.N. and Fomin, S.V.: Elements of the theory of functions and functional analysis, 1-2, Graykxk, 1957-1961 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  472. Halmos, P.: Measure theory, v. Nostrand, 1950.

    Google Scholar 

  473. Pesin, I.N.: Classical and modern integration theories, Acad. Press, 1970 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  474. Saks, S.: Theory of the integral, Hafner, 1952 (translated from the Polish).

    Google Scholar 

  475. Royden, H.: Real analysis, Macmillan, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  476. Rudin, W.: Real and complex analysis, McGraw-Hill, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  477. Hewitt, H. and Stromberg, K.: Real and abstract analysis, Spinger, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  478. Lebesoue, H.: Intégrale, longeur, aire, Univ. Paris, 1902. Thesis.

    Google Scholar 

  479. Saks, S.: Theory of the integral, Hafner, 1952 (translated from the Polish).

    Google Scholar 

  480. Halmos, P.: Measure theory, v. Nostrand, 1950.

    Google Scholar 

  481. Kolmogorov, A.N. and Fount, S.V.: Elements of the theory of functions and functional analysis, 1-2, Graylock, 1957–1961 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  482. Hewitt, E. and Stromberg, K.: Real and abstract analysis, Springer, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  483. Kolmooorov, A.N. and Fomin, S.V.: Elements of the theory of Junctions and functional analysis, 1-2, Graylock, 1957–1961 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  484. Stein, E.M.: Singular integrals and differentiability properties of functions, Princeton Univ. Press, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  485. Stein, E.M: Singular integrals and differentiability properties of functions, Princeton Univ. Press, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  486. Rudin, W.: Real and complex analysis, McGraw-Hill, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  487. Halmos, P.R. and Neumann, J. von: ‘Operator methods in classical mechanics. II’, Ann. of Math 43, no. 2 (1942), 332–350.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  488. Rokhlin, V.A.: ‘On mean notions of measure theory’, Mat. Sb. 25, no. 1 (1949), 107–150 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  489. Habzendonck, J.: ‘Abstract Lebesgue—Rokhlin spaces’, Bull. Soc. Math. Belg. 25, no. 3 (1973), 243–258.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  490. Cornfeld, I.P. [I.P. Kornfel’d], Fomin, S.V. and Sinai, Ya.G.: Ergodic theory, Springer, 1982, Appendix 1 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  491. Helson, H.: The spectral theorem, Springer, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  492. Kamkb, E.: Dos LebesgueStieltjes-Integral, Teubner, 1960.

    Google Scholar 

  493. Hewitt, E. and Stromberg, K.: Real and abstract analysis. Springer, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  494. Lebesgub, H.: Leçons sur les séries trigonométriques, Gauthier-Villars, 1906.

    Google Scholar 

  495. Bary, N.K. [N.K. Bari]: A treatise on trigonometric series, Pergament, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  496. Engelking, R.: Dimension theory, PWN & North-Holland, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  497. Hurewicz, W. and Wallman, H.: Dimension theory, Princeton Univ. Press, 1941.

    Google Scholar 

  498. Kuratowski, C: Introduction to set theory and topology, Pergamon, 1972 (translated from the Polish).

    Google Scholar 

  499. Lebesgub, H.: ‘Sur les intégrales singuliéres’, Ann. Foc. Sci. Univ. Toulouse Sci. Math. Sci Phys. 1 (1909), 25–117.

    Google Scholar 

  500. Lebesgub, H.: Intégrale, longueur, aire, Univ. Paris, 1902. Thesis.

    Google Scholar 

  501. Levi, B.: ‘Sopra l’integrazione delle serie’, Rend Ist. Lombardo sue Lett. (2) 39 (1906), 775–780.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  502. Saks, S.: Theory of the integral, Hafner, 1952 (translated from the Polish).

    Google Scholar 

  503. Natanson, I.P.: Theory of functions of a real variable, 1-2, F. Ungar, 1955–1961 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  504. Dunford, N. and Schwartz, J.T.: Linear operators, 1-3, Interscience, 1968-1971.

    Google Scholar 

  505. Halmos, P.: Measure theory, v. Nostrand, 1950.

    Google Scholar 

  506. Hewitt, E and Stromberg, K.: Real and abstract analysis, Springer, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  507. Lebch, J.: ‘Note on sphere packings’, Canad. J. Math. 19 (1967), 251–267.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  508. Griess, R.L.: ‘The friendly giant’, Invent. Math. 69 (1982), 1–102.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  509. Conway, J.H. and Sloanb, N.J.A.: Sphere packings, lattices and groups, Springer, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  510. Gruper, P.M. and Lekkerkerker, C.G.: Geometry of numbers, North-Holland, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  511. Erdös, P., Gruber, P.M. and Hammer, J.: Lattice points, Longman, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  512. Thompson, T.M.: From error-correcting codes through sphere packings to simple groups, Math. Assoc. Amer., 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  513. Lefschetz, S.: ‘Manifolds with a boundary and their transformations’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 29 (1927), 429–462.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  514. Maunder, C.R.F.: Algebraic topology, Cambridge Univ. Press, reprint, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  515. Iversbn, B.: Cohomology of sheaves, Springer, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  516. Lefschetz, S.: ‘Intersections and transformations of complexes and manifolds’, Trans, Amer, Soc. 28 (1926), 1–49.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  517. Lefschetz, S.: ‘The residual set of a complex manifold and related questions’, Proc Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 13 (1927), 614–622.

    Google Scholar 

  518. Lefschetz, S.: ‘On the fixed point formula’, Ann. of Math. (2) 38 (1937), 819–822.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  519. Kleimman, S.L.: ‘Algebraic cycles and the Weil conjectures’, in J., et al. Giraud (ed.): Dix exposés sur la cohomologie des schémas, North-Holland & Masson, 1968, pp. 359-386.

    Google Scholar 

  520. Griffiths, P. and Harris, J.: Principles of algebraic geometry, Wiley, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  521. Deligne, P.: Cohomologie étale. SGA 41/2, Lecture notes in math., 569, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  522. Grothendibck, A.: Cohomologie l-adique et fonctions L. SGA 5, Lecture notes in math., 589, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  523. Dold, A.: Lectures on algebraic topology, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  524. Seifert, H. and Threlfall, W.: A textbook of topology, Acad. Press, 1980 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  525. Feitag, E. and Kiehl, R.: Etale cohomology and the Weil conjecture, Springer, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  526. Dugundji, J. and Granas, A.: Fixed point theory, PWN, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  527. Greenberg, M.J. and Harper, J.R.: Algebraic topology, a first course, Benjamin Cummings, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  528. Lefschetz, S.: L’analysis situs et la géométrie algébrique, Gauthier-Villars, 1950.

    Google Scholar 

  529. Lefschetz, S.: ‘On certain numerical invariants of algebraic varieties with applications to Abelian varieties’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 22 (1921), 327–482.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  530. Lefschetz, S.: ‘On the fixed point formula’, Ann. of Math. (2) 38 (1937), 819–822.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  531. Berthelot, P.: Cohomologie cristalline des schémas de caractéristique p>0, Springer, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  532. Deligne, P. and Katz, N.: Groupes de monodromie en géométrie algébrique, SGA 72, Springer, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  533. Griffiths, P. and Harris, J.: Principles of algebraic geometry, Wiley, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  534. Grothendieck, A.: Cohomologie locale des faisceaux cohérents et théorèmes de Lefschetz locaux et globaux, SGA 2, North-Holland & Masson, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  535. Hartshorne, R.: Ample subvarieties of algebraic varieties, Springer, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  536. Mumford, D.: Abelian varieties, Oxford Univ. Press, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  537. Milnor, J.: Morse theory, Princeton Univ. Press, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  538. Wells, jr., R.O.: Differential analysis on complex manifolds, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  539. Chern, S.S.: Complex manifolds without potential theory, Springer, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  540. Weil, A.: Introduction à l’étude des variétés kahlériennes, Hermann, 1958.

    Google Scholar 

  541. Delignb, P.: ‘La conjecture de Weil’, Publ. Math. IHES 43 (1974), 273–307.

    Google Scholar 

  542. Lamotke, K.: ‘The topology of complex projective varieties after S. Lefschetz’, Topology 20 (1981), 15–51.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  543. Delignb, P.: ‘La conjecture de Weil II’, Publ. Math. IHES 52 (1980), 137–252.

    Google Scholar 

  544. Greenberg, M.J. and Harper, J.R.: Algebraic topology, a first course, Benjamin Cummings, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  545. Milne, J.: Etale cohomology, Princeton Univ. Press, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  546. Goresky, M. and MacPherson, R.: Stratified Morse theory, Springer, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  547. Beĭlinson, A., Bernstein, J. and Delignb, P.: ‘Faisceaux pervers’, Astérisque 100 (1982).

    Google Scholar 

  548. Lavrent’bv, M.A. and Lyusternik, L.A.: A course in variational calculus, Moscow-Leningrad, 1950 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  549. Bliss, G.A.: Lectures on the calculus of variations, Chicago Univ. Press, 1947.

    Google Scholar 

  550. Bryson, A.E. and Ho, Y.-C: Applied optimal control, Blaisdell, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  551. Kelley, H.J., Kopp, R.E. and Moyer, H.G.:’ singular extremals’, in G. Leitmann (ed.): Topics of Optimization, Acad. Press, 1967, pp. 63-101.

    Google Scholar 

  552. Akhiezer, N.I.: The calculus of variation, Blaisdell, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  553. Cesari, L.: Optimization: theory and applications: problems with ordinary differential equations, Springer, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  554. Abramowitz, M and Stegun, I A.: Handbook of mathematical functions, Dover, reprint, 1965, Chapt. 8.

    Google Scholar 

  555. Lebedev, N.N.: Special functions and their applications, Dover, reprint, 1972 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  556. Arnol’d, V.I.: Mathematical methods of classical mechanics, Springer, 1978 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  557. Arnold, V.I. [V.I. Arnold] and Giventhal, A.B. [A.B. Givent’al]: Symplectic geometry, Dynamical Systems, IV, Springer, 1989, Chapt 4 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  558. Arnol’d, V.I., Gusein-Zade, S.M and Varchenko, A.N.: Singularities of differentiable maps, 1, Birkhäuser, 1985, Chapt. 20 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  559. Lie, S.: Theorie der Transformationsgruppen, II, Teubner, 1930.

    Google Scholar 

  560. Legendre, A.M.: Mém. Math. Phys. présentés à l’Acad. Sci. par divers savants 10 (1785), 411–434.

    Google Scholar 

  561. Hobson, E.W.: The theory of spherical and ellipsoidal harmonics, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1931.

    Google Scholar 

  562. Vinogradov, I.M.: Elements of number theory, Dover, 1954 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  563. Hardy, G.H. and Wright, E.M.: Introduction to the theory of numbers, Oxford Univ. Press, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  564. Borevich, Z.I. and Shafarevich, I.R.: Number theory, Acad. Press, 1966, Chapt 1. Par. 7 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  565. Kagan, V.F.: The foundations of geometry, 1, Moscow-Leningrad, 1949 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  566. Pogorelov, A.V.: Lectures on the foundations of geometry, Noordhoff, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  567. Efimov, N.V.: Höhere Geometrie, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1960 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  568. Norden, A.P.: Elementare Einführung in die Lobatschewskische Geometrie, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1958 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  569. Fichtenholz, G.M.: Differential und Integralrechnung, 1, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  570. Goursat, E: Course d’analyse mathématique, 1, Gauthier-Villars, 1918.

    Google Scholar 

  571. Arnol’d, V.I.: Mathematical methods of classical mechanics, Springer, 1978 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  572. Rockafellar, R.T.: Convex analysis, Princeton Univ. Press, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  573. Fenchel, W.: ‘On conjugate convex functions’, Canad. J. Math. 1 (1949), 73–77.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  574. Carathéodory, C.: Variationsrechnung und partielle Differentialgleichungen erster Ordnung, Teubner, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  575. Courant, R. and Hilbert, D.: Methods of mathematical physics, II, Interscience, 1962 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  576. Tranter, C.J.: ‘Legendre transforms’, Quart. J. Math. 1 (1950), 1–8.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  577. Brychkov, Yu.A. and Prudnikov, A.P.: ‘Operational calculus’, Progress in Math. 1 (1968), 1–74. (Itogi Nauk. Mat. Anal. 1966 (1967), 7-82)

    Google Scholar 

  578. Knopp, K.: Theorie und Anwendung der unendlichen Reihen, Springer, 1964. English translation: Blackie, 1951.

    Google Scholar 

  579. Knopp, K.: Theorie und Anwendung der unendlichen Reihen, Springer, 1964. English translation: Blackie, 1951.

    Google Scholar 

  580. Whtttaker, E.X and Watson, G.N.: A course of modern analysis, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1952, Chapt 2.

    Google Scholar 

  581. Gomes Teixeira, F.: Traité des courbes, 1-3, Chelsea, reprint, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  582. Markushevich, A.I.: Theory of functions of a complex variable, 1, Chelsea, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  583. Walsh, J.L.: Interpolation and approximation by rational functions in the complex domain, Amer. Math. Soc., 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  584. Berger, M.: Geometry, Springer, 1987 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  585. Blumenthal, L. and Menger, K.: Studies in geometry, Freeman. 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  586. Busemann, H.: The geometry of geodesics, Acad. Press, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  587. Ahlfors, L.W.: ‘Untersuchungen zur Theorie der konformen Abbildung und der ganzen Funktionen’, Acta Soc. Sci. Fennica (Al) 9 (1930), 1–40.

    Google Scholar 

  588. Hayman, W.K.: Multivalent functions, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1958.

    Google Scholar 

  589. Nevanlinna, R.: Analytic junctions, Springer, 1970 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  590. Suvorov, G.D.: Families of plane topological mappings, Novosibirsk, 1965 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  591. Kreĭn, M.A.: Mat. Sb. 9, no. 3 (1941), 713–719.

    Google Scholar 

  592. Ovchinnikov, I.S.: ‘An inequality of the type of the length-area principle for mappings that leave certain integral functionals in n-dimensional space bounded’, in Metric questions of the theory of functions and mappings, Vol 3, Moscow, 1971, pp. 98–115 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  593. Lelong-Ferrand, J.: Représentation conforme et transformations à intégrale de Dirichlet bornée, Gauthier-Villars, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  594. Jenkins, J.A.: Univalent functions and conformal mapping, Springer, 1958.

    Google Scholar 

  595. Poincaré, H.: Selected work, Vol 2, Moscow, 1972, p. 728 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  596. Rham, G. de: ‘Sur la théorie des intersections et les intégrales multiples’, Comm. Math. Heb. 4 (1932), 151–154.

    Google Scholar 

  597. Seifert, H. and Threlfall, W.: A textbook of topology, Acad. Press, 1980 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  598. Milnor, J. and Burlet, O.: ‘Torsion et type simple d’homotopie’, in A. Haefliger and R. Narasimhan (eds.): Essays on topology and related topics, Coll. Geneve, 1969, Springer, 1970, pp. 12-17.

    Google Scholar 

  599. Leray, J.: ‘Le calcul différentielle et intégrale sur une variété analytique complexe’, Bull. Soc. Math. France 87 (1959), 81–180.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  600. Shabat, B.V.: Introduction to complex analysis, 2, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  601. Henkin, G.M. [G.M. Khenkin]: ‘Integral representations of functions holomorphic in strictly pseudoconvex domains and some applications’, Math. USSR Sb. 78 (1969), 611–632. (Mat. Sb. 7 (1969), 597-616)

    Google Scholar 

  602. Henkin, G.M. [CM. Khenkin] and Lbĭterer, J.L.: Theory of functions on complex manifolds, Birkhäuser, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  603. Ramirez de Arellano, E: ‘Ein Divisionsproblem und Randintegraldarstellungen in der komplexen Analysis’, Math. Ann. 184 (1970), 172–187.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  604. Range, R.M.: Holomorphic functions and integral representations in several complex variables, Springer, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  605. Leray, J.: ‘L’anneau spectral et l’anneaux filtré d’homologie d’un espace localement compact et d’une application continue’, J. Math. Pures Appl. 29 (1950), 1–139.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  606. Leray, J.: ‘L’homologie d’un espace fibré dont la fibre est connexe’, J. Math. Pures Appl. 29 (1950), 169–213.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  607. Godement, R.: Topologie algébrique et théorie des faisceaux, Hermann, 1958.

    Google Scholar 

  608. Hu, S.-T.: Homotopy theory, Acad. Press, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  609. Whitehead, G.W.: Elements of homotopy theory, Springer, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  610. Serre, J.P.: ‘Homologie singulière des espaces fibrés. Applications’, Ann. of Math. (2) 54 (1951), 425–505.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  611. Stoĭlov, S.: The theory of functions of a complex variable, 1, Moscow, 1962 (in Russian; translated from the Rumanian).

    Google Scholar 

  612. Goluzin, G.M.: Geometric theory of functions of a complex variable, Amer. Math. Soc., 1969, Appendix (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  613. Aleksandrov, I.A.: Parametric extensions in the theory of univalent functions, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  614. Dzyadyk, V.K.: ‘On a problem of S.M. Nikol’skfĭ in a complex region’, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Mat. 23, no. 5 (1959), 697–763 (in Russian).

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  615. Lebedev, N.A. and Shirokov, N.A: ‘The uniform approximation of functions on closed sets with a finite number of angular points with non-zero exterior angles’, Izv. Akad Nauk Armen. SSR Ser. Mat. 6, no. 4 (1971), 311–341 (in Russian).

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  616. Bijvoets, L., Hogeveen, W. and Korevaar, J.: ‘Inverse approximation theorems of Lebedev and Tamrazov’, in P.L. Butzer (ed.): Functional analysis and approximation (Oberwolfach 1980), Birkhäuser, 1981, pp. 265-281.

    Google Scholar 

  617. Gaier, D.: Vorlesungen über Approximation im Komplexen, Birkhäuser, 1980, Chapt. 1, § 6.

    Google Scholar 

  618. Levi-Civita, T.: ‘Nozione di parallelismo in una varietá qualunquc e consequente specificazionc geometrica della curvatura riemanniana’, Rend Circ. Math. Palermo 42 (1917), 173–205.

    Google Scholar 

  619. Gromoll, D., Klingenberg, W. and Meyer, W.: Riemannsche Geometrie im Grossen, Springer, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  620. Rashewski, P.K. [P.K. Rashevskiĭ]: Riemannsche Geometrie und Tensoranalyse, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft, 1959 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  621. Klingenberg, W.: Riemannian geometry, de Gruyter, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  622. Levi, E.E.: ‘Studii sui punti singolari essenziali delle funzioni analiticke de due o più variabili complesse’, Ann. Mat. Pura Appl. 17 (1910), 61–87.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  623. Levi, E.E.: ‘Sulle ipersurficie dello spazio a 4 dimensione che possono essere frantiera del campo di esistenza di una funzione analitica di due variabili complesse’, Ann. Mat. Pura Appl. 18 (1911), 69–79.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  624. Vladimirov, V.S.: Methods of the theory of functions of many complex variables, M.I.T., 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  625. Shabat, B.V.: Introduction to complex analysis, 2, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  626. Gunning, R.C. and Rossi, H.: Analytic functions of several complex variables, Prentice-Hall, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  627. Krantz, S.G.: Function theory of several complex variables, Wiley (Interscience), 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  628. Levi, E.E.: Atti. Accad. Sci. Torino Cl. Sci. Fis. Mat. Natur. 40 (1906), 3–17.

    Google Scholar 

  629. Mal’tsev, A.I.: ‘On the representation of an algebra as a direct sum of the radical and a semi-simple subalgebra’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 36, no. 2 (1942), 42–45 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  630. Jacobson, N.: Lie algebras, Interscience, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  631. Kirillov, A.A.: Elements of the theory of representations, Springer, 1976 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  632. Naĭmark, M.A.: Theory of group representations, Springer, 1982 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  633. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Lie groups and Lie algebras, Addison-Wesley, 1975 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  634. Hochschild, G.: The structure of Lie groups, Holden-Day, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  635. Levi, E.E.: ‘Sulle superficie dello spazio a 4 dimensione che possono essere frontiera del campo di esistenza di una funzione analitica di due variabili complesse’, Ann. Mat. Pura appl. 18 (1911), 69–79.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  636. Onishchik, A.L.: ‘Stein spaces’, J. Soviet Math. 4, no. 5 (1975), 540–554. (Itogi Nauk. i Tekhn. Algebra Topol. Geom. 11 (1974), 125-151)

    Google Scholar 

  637. Onishchik, A.L.: ‘Pseudoconvexity in the theory of complex spaces’, J. Soviet Math. 14, no. 4 (1980), 1363–1407. (Itogi Nauk. i Tekhn. Algebra Topol. Geom. 15 (1977), 93-171)

    Google Scholar 

  638. Vladimirov, V.S.: Methods of the theory of functions of many complex variables, M.I.T., 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  639. Gunning, R.C. and Rossi, H.: Analytic functions of several complex variables, Prentice-Hall, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  640. Fuks, B.A.: Special chapters of the theory of analytic functions of several complex variables, Amer. Math. Soc., 1965 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  641. Shabat, B.V.: Introduction to complex analysis, 2, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  642. Suzuki, O.: ‘Pseudoconvex domains on a Kähler manifold with positive holomorphic, bisectional curvature’, Publ. Res. Inst. Math. Sci. Kyoto Univ. 12 (1976) 191–214; 439-445.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  643. Kobayashi, S. and Wu, H.: Complex differential geometry, Birkhäuser, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  644. Gnedenko, B.V. and Kolmogorov, A.N.: Limit distributions for sums of independent random variables, Addison-Wesley, 1954 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  645. Petrov, V.V.: Sums of independent random variables. Springer, 1975 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  646. Prokhorov, Yu.V. and Rozanov, Yu.A.: Probability theory, Springer, 1969 (translated Cram the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  647. Gihman, I.I. [I.I. Gikhman] and Skorohod, A.V. [A.V. Skorokhod]: The theory of stochastic processes, Springer, 1975 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  648. Ito, K.: Stochastic processes, Aarhus Univ., 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  649. Loève, M.: Probability theory, 1, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  650. Breiman, L.P.: Probability, Addison-Wesley, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  651. Lukacs, E.: Characteristic functions, Griffin, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  652. Heyer, H.: Probability measures on locally compact groups, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  653. Parthasarathy, K.R.: Probability measures on metric spaces, Acad. Press, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  654. Gnedenko, B.V. and Kolmogorov, A.N.: Introduction to the theory of random processes, Saunders, 1969 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  655. Lévy, P.: ‘Propriétés asymptotiqucs des sommes de variables aléatoires indépendantes ou enchainées’, J. Math. Pures Appl. 14 (1935), 347–402.

    Google Scholar 

  656. Cramér, H.: ‘Ueber eine Eigenschaft der normalen Verteilungsfunktion’, Math. Z. 41 (1936), 405–414.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  657. Raĭkov, D.A.: ‘On the decomposition of a Poisson law’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 14 (1937), 9–12 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  658. Linnik, Yu.V.: ‘On the decomposition of the convolution of Gaussian and Poissonian laws’, Theory Probab. Appl. 2 (1957), 31–57. (Teor. Veroyatnost. i Primenen. 2 (1957), 34-59)

    Google Scholar 

  659. Sapogov, N.A: ‘On independent terms of a sum of random variables which is distributed almost normally’, Vestn. Leningr. Univ. Ser. Mat. Mekh. Astr. 14, no. 19 (1959), 78–105 (in Russian). English abstract.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  660. Linnik, Yu.V. and Ostrovskiĭ, I.V.: Decomposition of random variables and vectors, Amer. Math. Soc., 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  661. Fel’dman, G.M.: ‘On the decomposition of Gaussian distributions on groups’, Theory Probab. Appl. 22 (1977), 133–140. (Teor. Veroyatnost. i Primenen. 22 (1977), 136-143)

    Google Scholar 

  662. Linnik, Yu.V.: Decomposition of probability laws, Oliver and Boyd, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  663. Lukacs, E.: Characteristic functions, Griffin, 1960.

    Google Scholar 

  664. Lukacs, E and Laha, R.G.: Applications of characteristic functions, Griffin, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  665. Rossberg, H.-J., Jesiah, B. and Siegel, G.: Analytic methods of probability theory, Akad. Verlag, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  666. Lévy, P.: Théorie de l’addition des variables aléatoires, Gauthier-Villars, 1937.

    Google Scholar 

  667. Loève, M: Probability theory, Princeton Univ. Press, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  668. Lévy, P.: Théorie de Paddition des variables aléatoires, Gauthier-Villars, 1937.

    Google Scholar 

  669. Zolotarev, V.M.: ‘Estimates of the difference between distributions in the Lévy metric’, Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 112 (1973), 232–240. (Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov. 112 (1971), 224-231)

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  670. Zolotarev, V.M. and Senatov, V.V.: ‘Two-sided estimates of Lévy’s metric’, Theor. Probab. Appl. 20 (1975), 234–245. (Teor. Veroyatnost. i Primenen. 20, no. 2 (1975), 239-250)

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  671. Linnik, Yu.V. and Ostrovskiĭ, I.V.: Decomposition of random variables and vectors, Amer. Math. Soc., 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  672. Billingsley, P.: Convergence of probability measures, Wiley. 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  673. Hengartner, W. and Theodorescu, R.: Concentration functons, Acad. Press, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  674. Loève, M.: Probability theory, van Nostrand, 1963, p. 178.

    Google Scholar 

  675. Prokhorov, Yu.V.: ‘Convergence of random processes and limit theorems in probability theory’, Theory Probab. Appl. 1 (1956), 157–214. (Teor. Veroyatnost. i Primenen. 1, no. 2 (1956), 177-238)

    Google Scholar 

  676. Dudley, R.M.: ‘Distances of probability measures and random variables’, Ann. Math. Stat. 39 (1968), 1563–1572.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  677. Yurinskiĭ, V.V.: ‘A smoothing inequality for estimates of the Lévy—Prokhorov distance’, Theory Probab. Appl. 20 (1975), 1–10. (Teor. Veroyatnost. i Primenen. 20, no. 1 (1975), 3-12)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  678. Abramov, V.A.: ‘Estimates for the Lévy—Prokhorov distance’, Theory Probab. Appl. 21 (1976), 396–400. (Teor. Veroyatnost i Primenen. 21, no. 2 (1976), 406-410)

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  679. Strassen, V.: ‘The existence of probability measures with given marginals’, Ann. Math. Stat. 36, no. 2 (1965), 423–439.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  680. Billingsley, P.: Convergence of probability measures, Wiley, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  681. Birkhoff, G.: Lattice theory, Colloq. PubL, 25, Amer. Math. Soc., 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  682. Kuratowski, K. and Mostowski, A.: Set theory, North-Holland, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  683. Skornyakov, L.A.: Elements of lattice theory, A. Hilger, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  684. Cantor, G.: ‘Beiträge zur Begründung der transfiniten Mengenlehre I’, Math. Ann. 46 (1895), 481–512.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  685. Cantor, G.: ‘Beiträge zur Begründung der transfiniten Mengenlehre II’, Math. Ann 49 (1897), 207–246.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  686. Hausdorff, F.: Grundzüge der Mengenlehre, Leipzig, 1914. Reprinted (incomplete) English translation: Set theory, Chelsea (1978).

    Google Scholar 

  687. Debrbu, G.: Theory of values, Yale Univ. Press, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  688. l’Hospital, G.F.: Analyse des infiniment petits pour l’intellligence des lignes courbes, Paris, 1696.

    Google Scholar 

  689. Nikol’skiĭ, S.M.: A course of mathematical analysis, 1, Mir, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  690. Shilov, G.: Mathematical analysis, M.I.T., 1974 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  691. Rudin, W.: Principles of mathematical analysis, McGraw-Hill, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  692. Stromberg, K.: Introduction to classical real analysis, Wadsworth, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  693. Albert, A.A.: ‘Power associative rings’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 64 (1948), 552–593.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  694. Myung, H.C.: Malcev-admissible algebras, Birkhäuser, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  695. Laufer, P.J. and Tomber, M.L.: ‘Some Lie admissible algebras’, Canad. J. Math. 14 (1962), 287–292.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  696. Myung, H.C.: ‘Some classes of flexible Lie-admissible algebras’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 167 (1972), 79–88.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  697. Okubo, S. and Myung, H.C.: ‘Adjoint operators in Lie algebras and the classification of simple flexible Lie-admissible algebras’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 264 (1981), 459–472.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  698. Benkart, G.M. and Osborn, J.M.: ‘Flexible Lie-admissible algebras’, J. of Algebra 71 (1981), 11–31.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  699. Benkart, G.M.: ‘Power-associative Lie-admissible algebras’, J. of Algebra 90 (1984), 37–58.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  700. Santilli, R.M.: Lie-admissible approach to the hadronic structure, II, Hadronic Press, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  701. Santilli, R.M.: Foundations of theoretical mechanics, II, Springer, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  702. Osborn, J.M.: ‘The Lie-admissible mutation A(r, s) of an associative algebra A’, Hadronic J. 5 (1982), 904–930.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  703. Santilli, R.M.: ‘Imbedding of Lie algebras in nonassociative structures’, Nuovo Cimento A (10) 51 (1967), 570–576.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  704. Okubo, S.: ‘Non-associative quantum mechanics via flexible Lie-admissible algebras’, in R. Casabuoni, G. Domokos and S. Koveski-Domokos (eds.): Proc. Third Workshop Current Problems in High Energy Physics, Johns Hopkins Univ. Press, 1979, pp. 103-120.

    Google Scholar 

  705. Okubo, S.: ‘Classification of flexible composition algebras, I, II’, Hadronic J. 5 (1982), 1564–1612.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  706. Myung, H.C. and Sagle, A.A.: ‘Lie-admissible algebras and affine connections on Lie groups’, in S.A. Park (ed.): Proc. Workshops in Pure Math., Vol. 7. Algebraic Structures, Pure Math. Res. Assoc., 1988, pp. 115-148.

    Google Scholar 

  707. Kim, H.: ‘Complete left-invariant affine structures on nilpotent Lie groups’, J. Differential Geom. 24 (1986), 373–394.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  708. Sagle, A.A.: ‘Invariant Lagrangian mechanics, connections, and non-associative algebras’, Algebras, Groups Geom. 3 (1986), 199–263.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  709. Myung, H.C. and Sagle, A.A.: ‘On the construction of reductive Lie-admissible algebras’, J. Pure Appl. Algebra 53 (1988), 75–91.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  710. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Lie groups and Lie algebras, Addison-Wesley, 1975 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  711. Jacobson, N: Lie algebras, Interscience, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  712. Kaplansky, I.: Lie algebras and locally compact groups, Chicago Univ. Press, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  713. Magnus, W., Karrass, A. and Solitar, D.: Combinatorial group theory: presentations of groups in terms of generators and relations. Interscience, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  714. Pontryagin, L.S.: Topological groups, Princeton Univ. Press, 1958 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  715. ‘Théorie des algèbres de Lie. Topologie des groupes de Lie’, in Sem. S. Lie, Ecole Normale Super., 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  716. Serre, J.-P.: Lie algebras and Lie groups, Benjamin, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  717. Chevalley, C.: Théorie des groupes de Lie, 3, Hermann, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  718. Amayo, R.K. and Stewart, I.: Infinite-dimensional Lie algebras, Noordhoff, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  719. Humphreys, J.E.: Introduction to Lie algebras and representation theory, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  720. Seligman, G.B.: Modular Lie algebras, Springer, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  721. Arnol’d, V.I.: Mathematical methods of classical mechanics, Springer, 1978 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  722. Godbillon, C: Géometrie differentielle et mecanique analytique, Hermann, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  723. Dubrovin, B.A., Fomenko, A.T. and Novikov, S.P.: Modern geometry, Springer, 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  724. Internat. Congress Mathematicians Nice, 1970, Moscow, 1972, pp. 111-117 (in Russian). Lectures of Soviet Mathematicians.

    Google Scholar 

  725. Kostrikin, A.I.: ‘On the connection between periodic groups and Lie rings’, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 21 (1957), 289–310 (in Russian).

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  726. Kostrikin, A.I.: ‘The Burnside problem’, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 23 (1959), 3–34 (in Russian).

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  727. Kostrikin, A.I.: ‘A parametric family of simple Lie algebras’, Math. USSR Izv. 4 (1970), 751–764. (Izv. Akad Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 34 (1970), 744-756)

    Google Scholar 

  728. Guillemin, V. and Sternberg, S.: ‘An algebraic model of transitive differential geometry’, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 70 (1964), 16–47.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  729. Kac, V.G. [V.G. Kats]: ‘Simple irreducible Lie algebras of finite growth’, Math. USSR Izv. 2 (1968), 1271–1311. (Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 32 (1968), 1323-1367)

    Google Scholar 

  730. Kac, V.G. [V.G. Kats]: ‘Description of filtered Lie algebras with which graded Lie algebras of Cartan type are associated’, Math. USSR Izv. 8 (1974), 801–835. (Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 38 (1974), 800-834)

    Google Scholar 

  731. Kostrikin, A.I. and Shafarevich, I.R.: ‘Graded Lie algebras of finite characteristic’, Math. USSR Izv. 3 (1969), 237–304. (Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 33 (1969), 251-322)

    Google Scholar 

  732. Cartan, E.: ‘Les groupes de transformations continues, infinis, simples’, Ann. Sci. Ecole Norm. Sup. 26 (1909), 93–161.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  733. Lazard, M.: ‘Sur les groupes nilpotents et les anneaux de Lie’, Ann. Sci. Ecole Norm. Sup. 71 (1954), 101–190.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  734. Singer, I.M. and Sternberg, S.: ‘The infinite groups of Lie and Cartan, Part I (the transitive groups)’, J. d’Anal. Math. 15 (1965), 1–114.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  735. Block, R.E: ‘Determination of the differentiably simple rings with a minimal ideal’, Ann. of Math. (2) 90 (1969), 433–459.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  736. Serre, J.-P.: Algèbres de Lie semi-simples complexes, Benjamin, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  737. Varadarajan, V.S.: Lie groups, Lie algebras and their representations, Prentice Hall, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  738. Britten, D.J. and Lemire, F.W. (eds.): Lie algebras and related topics, Amer. Math. Soc., 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  739. Block, R.E. and Wilson, R.L.: ‘Classification of restricted simple Lie algebras’, J. of Algebra 114 (1988), 115–259.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  740. Block, R.E. and Wilson, R.L.: ‘The restricted simple Lie algebras are of classical or Cartan type’, Proc. Nat Acad. Sci. USA 81 (1984), 5271–5274.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  741. Block, R.E and Wilson, R.L.: ‘Restricted simple Lie algebras’, in D.J. Britten and F.W. Lemire (eds.): Lie algebras and related topics, Amer. Math. Soc., 1986, pp. 3-18.

    Google Scholar 

  742. Wilson, R.L.: ‘A structural characterization of the simple Lie algebras of generalized Cartan type over fields of prime characteristic’, J. of Algebra 40 (1976), 418–465.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  743. Benkart, G.: ‘Cartan subalgebras in Lie algebras of Cartan type’, in D.J. Britten and F.W. Lemire (eds.). Lie algebras and related topics, Amer. Math. Soc., 1986, pp. 157-187.

    Google Scholar 

  744. Block, R.E.: ‘New simple Lie algebras of prime characteristic’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 89 (1958), 421–449.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  745. Brown, G.: ‘Cartan subalgebras of Zassenhaus algebras’, Canad. J. Math. 27 (1975), 1011–1021.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  746. Strade, H.: ‘Cartanalgebren im modularen Liealgebren’, Comm. in Algebra 5 (1977), 1335–1359.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  747. Borel, A.: Linear algebraic groups, Benjamin, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  748. Chevalley, C.: Théorie des groupes de Lie, 2, Hennann, 1951.

    Google Scholar 

  749. Sbligman, G.: Modular Lie algebras, Springer, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  750. Golod, E.S.: ‘On nil algebras and residually finite groups’, Izv. Akad Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 28, no. 2 (1964), 273–276 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  751. Hochschild, G.: Basic theory of algebraic groups and Lie algebras, Springer, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  752. Jacobson, N.: Lie algebras, Interscience, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  753. Jacobson, N.: Exceptional Lie algebras, M. Dekker, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  754. Freudenthal, H.: Oktaven, Ausnahmengruppen und Oktavengeometrie, Math. Inst R.U. Utrecht, 1960.

    Google Scholar 

  755. Rozenfel’d, B.A.: ‘Einfache Lie-gruppen und nichteuklidische Geometrie’, in Algebraical and topological foundations of geometry, Pergamon, 1962, pp. 135-155.

    Google Scholar 

  756. Vinberg, E.B.: ‘A construction of the exponential simple Lie algebras’, Trudy Sem. Vektor. Tenzor. Anal. 13 (1966), 7–9 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  757. Tits, J.: ‘Algèbres alternatives, algèbres de Jordan et algèbres de Lie exceptionelles I. Construction’, Indag. Mat. 28 (1966), 233–237.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  758. Tirs, J.: Tabellen zu den einfachen Lie Gruppen und ihren Darstellungen, Springer, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  759. Shirshov, A.I.: ‘Subalgebras of free Lie algebras’, Mat. Sb. 33, no. 2 (1953), 441–452 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  760. Witt, E.: ‘Die Unterringe der freien Lieschen Ringe’, Math. Z. 64 (1956), 195–216.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  761. Kukin, G.P.: ‘Intersection of subalgebras of a free Lie algebras’, Algebra and Logic 16 (1977), 387–394. (Algebra i Logika 16 (1977), 577-587)

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  762. Magnus, W.: ‘Ueber Beziehungen zwischen höheren Kommutatoren’, J. Reine Angew. Math. 177 (1937), 105–115.

    Google Scholar 

  763. Bakhturin, Yu.A.: Identical relations in Lie algebras, VNU, 1987 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  764. Jacobson, N.: Lie algebras, Interscience, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  765. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Lie groups and Lie algebras, Addison-Wesley, 1975 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  766. Alekseevskiĭ, A.V.: ‘Finite commutative Jordan subgroups of complex simple Lie groups’, Funct. Anal. Appl. 8, no. 4 (1974), 277–279. (Funktsional Anal. Prilozhen. 8, no. 4 (1974), 1-4)

    Google Scholar 

  767. Vinberg, E.B.: ‘The Weyl group of a graded Lie algebra’, Math. USSR Izv. 10 (1976), 436–496. (Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 40, no. 3 (1976), 488-526)

    Google Scholar 

  768. Kantor, I.L.: ‘Certain generalizations of Jordan algebras’, Trudy Sem. Vektor. Tenzor. Anal. 16 (1972), 407–499 (in Russian).

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  769. Kac, V.G.: ‘Simple irreducible graded Lie algebras of finite growth’, Math. USSR Izv. 2 (1968), 1271–1312. (Izv. Akad Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 32, no. 6 (1968), 1323-1367)

    Google Scholar 

  770. Kostrikin, A.I. and Shafarevich, I.R.: ‘Graded Lie algebras of finite characteristic’, Math. USSR Izv. 3 (1969), 237–304. (Izv. Akad Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 33, no. 2 (1969), 252-322)

    Google Scholar 

  771. Helgason, S.: Differential geometry, Lie groups, and symmetric spaces, Acad. Press, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  772. Kac, V.G. and Raina, A.K.: Bombay lectures on highest weight representations, World Scientific, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  773. Kac, V.G.: Infinite-dimensional Lie algebras, Cambridge Univ. Press. 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  774. Mathieu, O.: ‘Classification des algèbres de Lie graduées simples de croissance ≤1’ Invent. Math. 86 (1986), 371–426.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  775. Hazbwinkel, M and Gerstenhaber, M (eds.): Deformation theory of algebras and structures and applications, Kluwer, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  776. Pontryagin, L.S.: Topologicol groups, Princeton Univ. Press, 1958 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  777. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Lie groups and Lie algebras, Addison-Wesley, 1975 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  778. Serre, J.-P.: Lie algebras and Lie groups, Benjamin, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  779. Ado, I.D.: ‘The representation of Lie algebras by matrices’, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 2, no. 6 (1947), 159–173 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  780. Arnol’d, V.I.: Mathematical methods of classical mechanics, Springer, 1978 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  781. Berezin, F.A.: ‘Some remarks about the associative envelope of a Lie algebra’, Fund. Anal Appl 1, no. 2 (1967), 91–102. (Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 1, no. 2 (1967), 1-14)

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  782. Kirillov, A.A.: ‘Local Lie algebras’, Russian Math. Surveys 31, no. 4 (1976), 55–75. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 31, no. 4 (1976), 57-76)

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  783. Ritt, J.F.: ‘Differential groups and formal Lie theory for an infinite number of variables’, Ann. of Math. (2) 52 (1950), 708–726.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  784. Ritt, J.F.: ‘Differential groups of order two’, Ann. of Math. (2) 53 (1951), 491–519.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  785. Weisfeiler, B.: ‘On Lie algebras of differential formal groups of Ritt’, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 84, no. 1 (1978), 127–130.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  786. Lichnérowicz, A.: ‘Applications of the deformations of algebraic structures to geometry and mathematical physics’, in M. Hazewinkel and M. Gerstenhaber (eds.): Deformation theory of algebras and structures and applications, Kluwer. 1988, pp. 855-896.

    Google Scholar 

  787. Golod, E.S.: ‘On nil-algebras and residually finite groups’, Izv. Akod. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 28, no. 2 (1964), 273–276 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  788. Kostrikin, A.I.: ‘On Burnside’s problem’, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 23, no. 1 (1959), 3–34 (in Russian).

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  789. Razmyslov, Yu.P.: ‘On Lie algebras satisfying the Engel condition’, Algebra and Logic 10, no. 1 (1971), 21–29. (Algebra i Logika 10, no. 1 (1971), 33-44)

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  790. Bahturin, Yu. [Yu.A. Bakhturin]: Lectures on Lie algebras, Akad. Verlag, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  791. Braun, A.: ‘Lie rings and the Engel condition’, J. of Algebra 31 (1974), 287–292.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  792. Kostrikin, A.I.: Around Burnside, Springer, 1989 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  793. Jacobson, N.: Lie algebras, Interscience, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  794. Humphreys, J.E.: Introduction to Lie algebras and representation theory, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  795. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Lie groups and Lie algebras, Addison-Wesley, 1975 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  796. Jacobson, R: Lie algebras, Interscience, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  797. Serre, J.-R: Lie algebras and Lie groups, Benjamin, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  798. ‘Théorie des algèbres de Lie. Topologie des groupes de Lie,’, in Sém S. Lie, Ecole Norm. Sup., 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  799. Chevalley, C.: Théorie des groupes de Lie, 3, Hermann, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  800. Gurevich, G.B.: ‘Standard Lie algebras’, Mat. Sb. 35 (1954), 437–460 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  801. Khakĭmdzhanov, Yu.B.: ‘Standard subalgebras of reductive Lie algebras’, Vestn. Moskov. Univ. Mat. Mekh., no. 6 (1974), 49–55 (in Russian). English abstract.

    Google Scholar 

  802. Humphreys, J.E.: Introduction to Lie algebras and representation theory, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  803. Serre, J.-P.: Algèbres de Lie semi-simples complexes, Benjamin, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  804. Borbl, A.: Linear algebraic groups, Benjamin, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  805. Chevalley, C: Théorie des groupes de Lie, 2, Hermann, 1951.

    Google Scholar 

  806. Hochschild, G.: Basic theory of algebraic groups and Lie algebras, Springer, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  807. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Lie groups and Lie algebras, Addison-Wesley, 1975 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  808. Pontryagin, L.S.: Topological groups, Princeton Univ. Press, 1958 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  809. Serre, J.-P.: Lie algebras and Lie groups, Benjamin, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  810. Kirillov, A.A.: Elements of the theory of representations, Springer, 1976 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  811. Chevalley, C.: Theory of Lie groups, 1, Princeton Univ. Press, 1946.

    Google Scholar 

  812. Varadarajan, V.S.: Lie groups, Lie algebras and their representations, Prentice Hall, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  813. Serre, J.-P.: Lie algebras and Lie groups, Benjamin, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  814. Serre, J.-P.: Algèbres de Lie semi-simples complexes, Benjamin, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  815. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Lie croups and Lie algebras, Addison-Wesley, 1975 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  816. Killing, W.: ‘Die Zusammensetzung der stetigen endlichen Transformationsgruppen I’, Math. Ann. 31 (1888), 252–290.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  817. Killing, W.: ‘Die Zusammensetzung der stetigen endlichen Transformationsgruppen II’, Math. Ann. 33 (1889), 1–48.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  818. Killing, W.: ‘Die Zusammensetzung der stetigen endlichen Transformationsgruppen III’, Math. Ann. 34 (1889), 57–122.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  819. Killing, W.: ‘Die Zusammensetzung der stetigen endlichen Transformationsgruppen IV’, Math. Ann. 36 (1890), 161–189.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  820. Cartan, E: ‘Sur la structure des groupes de transformations finis et continues’, in Oeuvres complètes, Vol. 1, Gauthier-Villars, 1952, pp. 137–287.

    Google Scholar 

  821. Jacobson, N.: Lie algebras, Interscience, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  822. Serre, J.-P.: Lie algebras and Lie groups, Benjamin, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  823. Steinberg, R.: Lectures on Chevalley groups, Yale Univ. Press, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  824. Helgason, S.: Differential geometry, Lie groups, and symmetric spaces, Acad. Press, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  825. Araki, S.: ‘On root systems and an infinitesimal classification of irreducible symmetric spaces’, Osaka J. Math. 13 (1962), 1–34.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  826. Frenkel, I.B. and Kac, V.G.: ‘Basic representations of affine Lie algebras and dual resonance models’, Invent. Math. 62 (1980), 23–66.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  827. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Lie groups and Lie algebras, Addison-Wesley, 1975 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  828. Serre, J.-P.: Algèbres de Lie semi-simples complexes, Benjamin, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  829. Humphreys, J.E.: Introduction to Lie algebras and representation theory, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  830. Borel, A. and Tits, J.: ‘Groupes réductifs’, Publ. Math. IHES 27 (1965), 55–150.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  831. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Lie groups and Lie algebras, Addison-Wesley, 1975 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  832. Jacobson, N.: Lie algebras, Interscience, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  833. Borel, A.: Linear algebraic groups, Benjamin, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  834. Serre, J.-P.: Lie algebras and Lie groups, Benjamin, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  835. Chevalley, C.: Théorie des groupes de Lie, 3, Hermann, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  836. Vinberg, E.B.: ‘The Morozov—Borel theorem for real Lie groups’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 2 (1961), 1416–1419. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 141 (1961), 270-273)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  837. Mal’tsev, A.I.: ‘Solvable Lie algebras’, Izv. Akad Nauk SSSR 9 (1945), 329–352 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  838. Onishchik, A.L.: ‘On Lie groups transitive on compact manifolds II’, Math. USSR Sb. 3 (1967), 373–388. (Mat. Sb. 74 (1967), 398-416)

    Google Scholar 

  839. Humphreys, J.E.: Introduction to Lie algebras and representation theory, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  840. Artamonov, V.A.: ‘Lattices of varieties of linear algebras’, Russian Math. Surveys 33, no. 2 (1978), 155–193. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 33, no. 2 (1978), 135-167)

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  841. Amayo, R. and Stewart, I.: Infinite-dimensional Lie algebras, Noordhoff, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  842. Bakhturin, Yu.A.: Lectures on Lie algebras, Akad. Verlag, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  843. Bakhturin, Yu.A.: Identical relations in Lie algebras, VNU, Utrecht, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  844. Slebodziński, W.: ‘Sur les équations canonique de Hamilton’, Bull. Cl. Sci. Acad. Ray. Belgique 17 (1931), 864–870.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  845. Laptev, B.L.: ‘, Lie differentiation’, Progress in Math. 6 (1970), 229–269. (Itogi. Nauk. Algebra Topol. Geom. 1965 (1967), 429-465)

    Google Scholar 

  846. Yano, K.: The theory of Lie derivatives and its applications, North-Holland, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  847. Sternberg, S.: Lectures on differential geometry, Prentice-Hall, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  848. Vagner, V.V.: ‘Theory of geometric objects and theory of finite and infinite continuous transformation groups’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 46 (1945), 347–349 (in Russian).

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  849. Laptev, B.L.: ‘Lie derivative in a space of supporting elements’, Trudy Sem Vektor. Tenzor. Anal. 10 (1956), 227–248 (in Russian).

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  850. Evtushik, L.E.: ‘The Lie derivative and differential field equations of a geometric object’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 1 (1960), 687–690. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 132 (1960), 998-1001)

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  851. Palais, R.S.: ‘A definition of the exterior derivative in terms of Lie derivatives’, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 5 (1954), 902–908.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  852. Pontryagin, L.S.: Topological groups, Princeton Univ. Press, 1958 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  853. Borel, A.: Linear algebraic groups, Benjamin, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  854. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Lie groups and Lie algebras, Addison-Wesley, 1975 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  855. Weyl, H.: The classical groups, their invariants and representations, Princeton Univ. Press, 1946.

    Google Scholar 

  856. Wigner, E.: Group theory and its applications to the quantum mechanics of atomic spectra, Acad. Press, 1959 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  857. Serre, J.-P.: Lie algebras and Lie groups, Benjamin, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  858. Steinberg, R.: Lectures on Chevalley groups, Yale Univ. Press, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  859. ‘Théorie des algèbres de Lie. Topologie des groupes de Lie’, in Sem. S. Lie, Ecole Norm. Super., 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  860. Hamermesh, M: Group theory and its application to physical problems, Addison-Wesley, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  861. Helgason, S.: Differential geometry, Lie groups, and symmetric spaces, Acad. Press, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  862. Chebotarev, N.G.: The theory of Lie groups, Moscow-Leningrad, 1940 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  863. Chevalley, G: Theory of Lie groups, 1, Princeton Univ. Press, 1946.

    Google Scholar 

  864. Chevalley, C: Théorie des groupes de Lie, 2-3, Hermann, 1951-1955.

    Google Scholar 

  865. Hochschild, G.: The structure of Lie groups, Holden-Day, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  866. Montgomery, D. and Zippin, L.: Topological transformation groups, Interscience, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  867. Ado, I.D.: ‘Note on the representation of finite continuous groups by means of linear substitutions’, Izv. Fiz.-Mat. Obsch. (Kazan’) 7 (1935), 1–43 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  868. Mal’tsev, A.I.: ‘On the theory of Lie groups in the large’, Mat. Sb. 16 (1945), 163–190 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  869. Mal’tsev, A.I.: ‘On semisimple subgroups of Lie groups’, Transl. Amer. Math. Soc (1) 9 (1950), 172–213. (Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 8, no. 4 (1944), 143-174)

    Google Scholar 

  870. ‘Hilbert problems’, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 8 (1902), 437-479.

    Google Scholar 

  871. Freudenthal, H. and Vries, H. de: Linear Lie groups, Acad. Press, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  872. Mayer, W. and Thomas, T.Y.: ‘Foundations of the theory of Lie groups’, Ann. of Math. 36 (1935), 770–822.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  873. Ado, I.D.: ‘The representation of Lie algebras by matrices’, Transl. Amer. Math. Soc. (1) 9 (1962), 308–327. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk. 2 (1947), 159-173)

    Google Scholar 

  874. Bourbaki N.: Elements of mathematics. Lie groups and Lie algebras, Addison-Wesley, 1975 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  875. Harpe, P. de la: Classical Banach—Lie algebras and Banach—Lie groups of operators in Hilbert space, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  876. Omori H.: Infinite dimensional Lie transformation groups, Springer, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  877. Cartan, E.: La topologie des groupes de Lie, Hermann, 1936.

    Google Scholar 

  878. Weyl, H.: Uspekhi Mat. Nauk. 4 (1938), 201–246.

    Google Scholar 

  879. Pontryagin, L.S.: Topological groups, Princeton Univ. Press, 1958 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  880. ‘Théorie des algèbres de Lie. Topologie des groupes de Lie’, in Sém. S. Lie, Ecole Norm. Super., 1954-1955.

    Google Scholar 

  881. Zhelobenko, D.P.: Compact Lie groups and their representations. Amer. Math. Soc., 1973 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  882. Naĭmark, M.A.: Theory of group representations, Springer, 1982 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  883. Onishchik, A.L. and Vinberg, E.B.: Seminar on algebraic groups and Lie groups, 1967/68, Moscow, 1969 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  884. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Lie groups and Lie algebras, Addison-Wesley, 1975 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  885. Serre, J.-P.: Lie algebras and Lie groups, Benjamin, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  886. Adams, J.: Lectures on Lie groups, Benjamin, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  887. Bröcker, Th. and tom Dieck, T.: Representations of compact Lie groups, Springer, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  888. Chevalley, C.: Theory of Lie groups, 1, Princeton Univ. Press, 1946

    Google Scholar 

  889. Dixmier, J.: ‘L’application exponentielles dans les groupes de Lie résolubles’, Bull. Soc. Math. France 85 (1957), 113–121.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  890. Saitô, M.: ‘Sur certains groupes de Lie résolubles I, II’, Sci. Papers Coll. Gen. Educ Univ. Tokyo 7 (1957), 1–11; 157-168.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  891. Bernal, P., et al.: Representation des groupes de Lie résolubles, Dunod, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  892. Lie, S. and Engel, F.: Theorie der Transformationsgruppen, 1-3, Leipzig, 1888-1893.

    Google Scholar 

  893. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Lie groups and Lie algebras, Addison-Wesley, 1975 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  894. Pontryagin, L.S.: Topologicol groups, Princeton Univ. Press, 1958 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  895. Serre, J.-P.: Lie algebras and Lie groups, Benjamin, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  896. Chebotarev, N.G.: The theory of Lie groups, Moscow-Leningrad, 1940 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  897. Birkhoff, G.: ‘Representability of Lie algebras and Lie groups by matrices’, Ann. of Math (2) 38 (1937), 526–532.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  898. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Lie groups and Lie algebras, Addison-Wesley, 1975 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  899. Serre, J.-P.: Lie algebras and Lie groups, Benjamin, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  900. Helgason, S.: Differential geometry, Lie groups, and symmetric spaces, Acad. Press, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  901. Chevalley, C.: Théorie des groupes de Lie, 3, Hermann, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  902. Kirillov, A.A.: ‘Unitary representations of nilpotent Lie groups’, Russian Math. Surveys 17, no. 4 (1962), 53–104. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 17, no. 4 (1962), 57-110)

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  903. Raghunathan, M.S.: Discrete subgroups of Lie groups, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  904. Pukanszky, L.: Leçons sur les représentations des groupes, Dunod, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  905. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Lie groups and Lie algebras, Addison-Wesley, 1975 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  906. Serre, J.-P.: Lie algebras and Lie groups, Benjamin, 1965 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  907. Lazard, M.: ‘Groupes analytiques p-adiques’, Publ. Math. IHES 26 (1965), 389–603.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  908. Harish-Chandra: Collected papers, I, IV, Springer, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  909. Silberger, A.J.: Introduction to harmonic analysis on reductive p-adic groups, Princeton Univ. Press, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  910. Burhat, F. and Tits, J.: ‘Groupes réductifs sur un corps local’, Publ. Math. IHES 41 (1972), 5–251.

    Google Scholar 

  911. Adams, J.F.: Lectures on Lie groups, Benjamin, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  912. Serre, J.-P.: Lie algebras and Lie groups, Benjamin, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  913. Sirota, A.I. and Solodovnikov, A.S.: ‘Noncompact semisimple Lie groups’, Russian Math. Surveys 18, no. 3 (1963), 85–140. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 18, no. 3 (1963), 87-144)

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  914. Harish-Chandra: Collected works, I-IV, Springer, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  915. Carter, R.W.: Finite groups of Lie type: Conjugacy classes and complex characters, Wiley, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  916. Wolf, J.A.: Spaces of constant curvature, Publish or Perish, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  917. Hochschild, G.: The structure of Lie groups, Holden-Day, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  918. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Lie groups ana Lie algebras, Addison-Wesley, 1975 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  919. Kaplansky, I.: An introduction to differential algebra, Hermann, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  920. Chevallby, C.: Théorie des groupes de Lie, 3, Hermann, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  921. Auslander, L.: ‘An exposition of the structure of solvmani-folds. I Algebraic theory’, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 79 (1973), 227–261.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  922. Vinberg, E.B.: ‘The Mozorov—Borel theorem for real Lie groups’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 2, no. 6 (1961), 1416–1419. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 141 (1961), 270-273)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  923. Mal’tsev, A.I.: ‘On the theory of Lie groups in the large’, Mat. Sb. 16(58) (1945), 163–190 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  924. Olver, P.J.: Applications of Lie groups to differential equations, Springer, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  925. Varadarajan, V.S.: Lie groups, Lie algebras and their representations, Prentice-Hall, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  926. Springer, T.A.: Linear algebraic groups, Birkhäuser, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  927. Borel, A.: Linear algebraic groups, Benjamin, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  928. Vinberg, E.B.: ‘The Morozov — Borel theorem for real Lie groups’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 2 (1961), 1416–1419. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 141 (1961), 270-273)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  929. Kolchin, E.R.: ‘Algebraic matrix groups and the Picard—Vessiot theory of homogeneous linear ordinary differential equations’, Ann. of Math. (2) 49 (1948), 1–42.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  930. Mal’tsev, A.I.: ‘On certain classes of infinite soluble groups’, Transl. Amer. Math. Soc (2) 2 (1956), 1–21. (Mat. Sb. 28 (1951), 567-580)

    Google Scholar 

  931. Kargapolov, M.I. and Merzlyakov, Yu.L: Fundamentals of the theory of groups, Springer, 1979 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  932. Kaplansky, I.: An introduction to differential algebra, Hermann, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  933. Humphreys, J.E.: Linear algebraic groups, Springer, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  934. Borel, A.: Linear algebraic groups, Benjamin, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  935. Jacobson, N.: Lie algebras, Interscience, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  936. Seligman, G.B.: Modular Lie algebras, Springer, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  937. Kostrikin, A.I. and Shafarevich, I.R.: ‘Cartan pseudogroups and Lie p-algebras’, Soviet Math. DokL 7 (1986), 715–718. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 168 (1966), 740-742)

    Google Scholar 

  938. Zassenhaus, H.: ‘Ueber Liesche Ringe mit Primzahlcharacteristik’, Abh. Math. Sem. Hansische Univ. 13 (1939), 1–100.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  939. Block, R.E. and Wilson, R.L.: ‘Classification of the restricted simple Lie algebras’, J. of Algebra 114 (1988), 115–259.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  940. Strade, H. and Farnsteiner, R.: Modular Lie algebras and their representations, M. Dekker, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  941. Kac, V.G. and Veĭsfeĭler, B.Yu.: ‘Exponentials in Lie algebras of characteristic pMath. USSR Izv. 5 (1971), 777–803. (Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR 35 (1971), 762-788)

    Google Scholar 

  942. Borel, A.: Linear algebraic groups, Benjamin, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  943. Lie, S.: Gesammelte Abhandlungen. Anmerkungen zum 3-ten Band, Teubner, 1922, p. 718.

    Google Scholar 

  944. Shirokov, P.A. and Shirokov, A.P.: Affine differential geometry, Moscow, 1959 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  945. Finikov, S.P.: Protective differential geometry, Moscow-Leningrad, 1937 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  946. Blaschkb, W.: Vorlesungen über Differentialgeometrie und geometrische Grundlagen von Einsteins Relativitätstheorie. Affine Differentialgeometrie, 2, Springer, 1923.

    Google Scholar 

  947. Bol, G.: Projektive Differentialgeometrie, 2, Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1954.

    Google Scholar 

  948. Helgason, S.: Differential geometry, Lie groups, and symmetric spaces, Acad. Press, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  949. Loos, O.: Symmetric spaces, 1, Benjamin, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  950. Lie, S. and Engel, F.: Theorie der Transformationsgruppen, 1-3, Teubner, 1888-1893.

    Google Scholar 

  951. Bourbaki N.: Elements of mathematics. Lie groups and Lie algebras, Addison-Wesley, 1975 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  952. Pontryagin, L.S.: Topological groups, Princeton Univ. Press, 1958 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  953. Serre, J.-R: Lie algebras and Lie groups, Benjamin, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  954. Chevalley, C.: Théorie des groupes de Lie, 3, Hermann, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  955. Chebotarev, N.G.: The theory of Lie groups, Moscow-Leningrad, 1940 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  956. Borel, A.: Linear algebraic groups, Benjamin, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  957. Varadarajan, V.S.: Lie groups, Lie algebras and their representations, Prentice-Hall, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  958. Helgason, S.: Differential geometry, Lie groups, and symmetric spaces, Acad. Press, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  959. Lie, S.: ‘Theorie der Transformationsgruppen’, Math. Ann. 16 (1880), 441–528.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  960. Mostow, G.: ‘The extensibility of local Lie groups of transformations and groups on surfaces’, Ann. of Math. (2) 52 (1950), 606–636.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  961. Bochner, S. and Montgomery, D.: ‘Groups of differentiable and real or complex analytic transformations’, Ann. of Math. (2) 46 (1945), 685–694.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  962. Palais, R.: ‘A global formulation of the Lie theory of transformation groups’, Mem Amer. Math. Soc 22 (1957), 1–123.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  963. Sulanke, R. and Wintgen, P.: Differentialgeometrie und Faserbüundel, Birkhäuser, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  964. Pontrtagin, L.S.: Topological groups, Princeton Univ. Press, 1958 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  965. Richardson, R.: ‘On the variation of isotropy subalgebras’, in Proc Conf. Transformation Groups, New Orleans, 1967, Springer, 1968, pp. 429-440.

    Google Scholar 

  966. Chebotarev, N.G.: The theory of Lie groups, Moscow-Leningrad, 1940 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  967. Montgomery, D. and Zippin, L.: Topological transformation groups, Interscience, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  968. Liénard, A. and Chipart, H.: ‘Sur la signe de la partie réelle des racines d’une équation algébrique’, J. Math. Pures Appl. 10 (1914), 291–346.

    Google Scholar 

  969. Gantmakher, F.R.: The theory of matrices, Chelsea, reprint, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  970. Liénard, A.: Rev. Gen. Electr. 23 (1928), 901–912; 946-954.

    Google Scholar 

  971. A.A. Andronov, Vitt, A.A. and Khaĭkin, S.E.: Theory of oscillators, Dover, reprint, 1987 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  972. Sansone, G.: Ordinary differential equations, Zanichelli, 1948 (in Italian).

    Google Scholar 

  973. Lefschetz, S.: Differential equations: geometric theory, Interscience, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  974. Reissig, R., Sansone, G. and Conti, R.: Nichtlineare Differentialgleichungen höherer Ordnung, Cremonese, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  975. Waerden, B.L. van der: Mathematische Statistik, Springer, 1957

    Google Scholar 

  976. Cox, D.R. and Hinkley, D.V.: Theoretical statistics, Chapman & Hall, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  977. Neyman, J. and Pearson, E.S.: Joint statistical papers, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  978. Lehmann, E.: Testing statistical hypotheses, Wiley, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  979. Il’in, V.A. and Poznyak, E.G.: Fundamentals of mathematical analysis, 1-2, Mir, 1982 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  980. Il’in, V.A., Sadovnichiĭ, V.A. and Sendov, B.Kh.: Mathematical analysis; Moscow, 1979 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  981. Kudryavtsev, L.D.: A course in mathematical analysis, 1-3, Moscow, 1988-1989 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  982. Nikol’skiĭ, S.M.: A course of mathematical analysis, 1-2, Mir, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  983. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. General topology, Addison-Wesley, 1966 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  984. Zamansky, M.: Introduction à l’algèbre et l’analyse modernes, Dunod, 1958.

    Google Scholar 

  985. Krazer, A. and Franz, W.: Transzendente Funktionen, Akademie-Verlag, 1960.

    Google Scholar 

  986. Hausdorff, F.: Grundzüge der Mengenlehre, Leipzig, 1914. Reprinted (incomplete) English translation: Set theory, Chelsea (1978).

    Google Scholar 

  987. Courant, R.: Differential and integral calculus, 1-2, Blackie, 1948 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  988. Stromberg, K.R.: Introduction to classical real analysis, Wadsworth, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  989. Kelley, J.L.: General topology, v. Nostrand, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  990. Mitchell, B.: Theory of categories, Acad. Press, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  991. Adamek, J.: Theory of mathematical structures, Reidel, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  992. Ignatowsky, W. [V.S. Ignatovskiĭ]: ‘Reflexion elektromag netischer Wellen an einem Drahte’, Ann. der Physik 18, no. 13 (1905), 495–522.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  993. Povzner, A.Ya.: ‘On the decomposition of arbitrary functions into eigenfunctions of the operator —Δn +cu’, Mat. Sb. 32, no. 1 (1953), 109–156 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  994. Eidus, D.M.: ‘The principle of limiting amplitude’, Russian Math. Surveys 24, no. 3 (1969), 97–167. (Uspekhi Mat Nauk 24, no. 3 (1969), 91-156)

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  995. Sveshnikov, A.V.: ‘The limit absorption principle for a wave guide’, Dokl. Akad Nauk SSSR 80, no. 3 (1951), 345–347 (in Russian).

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  996. Vaĭnberg, B.R.: ‘Principles of radiation, limit absorption and limit amplitude in the general theory of partial differential equations’, Russian Math. Surveys 21, no. 3 (1966), 115–193. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 21, no. 3 (1966), 115-194)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  997. Vaĭnberg, B.R.: ‘On elliptic problems in unbounded domains’, Math USSR Sb. 4 (1968), 419–444. (Mat. Sb. 75, no. 3 (1968), 454-480)

    Google Scholar 

  998. Vaĭnberg, B.R.: Asymptotic methods in equations of mathematical physics, Gordon & Breach, 1988 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  999. Pogorelov, A.V.: Extrinsic geometry of convex surfaces, Amer. Math. Soc., 1972 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1000. Schneider, R.: ‘Boundary structure and curvature of convex bodies’, in J. Tölke and J.M. Wills (eds.): Contributions to Geometry, Birkhäuser, 1979, pp. 13-59.

    Google Scholar 

  1001. Busemann, H.: Convex surfaces, Interscience, 1958.

    Google Scholar 

  1002. Pontryagin, L.S.: Ordinary differential equations, Addison-Wesley, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1003. andrcnov, A.A., Vitt, A.A. and Khaĭkin, S.E.: Theory of oscillators, Dover, reprint, 1987 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1004. Andronov, A.A., Leontovich, E.A., Gordon, I.I. and Maier, A.G.: Qualitative theory of second-order dynamic systems, Wiley, 1973 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1005. Andronov, A.A., Leontovich, E.A., Gordon, I.I. and Maier, A.G.: Theory of bifurcations of dynamic systems on a plane, Israel Progr. Sci. Transl., 1971 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1006. Pliss, W.A.: Nonlocal problems of the theory of oscillations, Acad. Press, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1007. Moiseev, N.N.: Asymptotic methods of non-linear mechanics, Moscow, 1969 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1008. Hajek, O.: Dynamical systems in the plane, Acad. Press, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1009. Coddington, E.A. and Levinson, N.: Theory of ordinary differential equations, McGraw-Hill, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  1010. Carathéodory, C.: ‘Ueber die Begrenzung einfach zusammenhängender Gebiete’, Math. Ann. 73 (1913), 323–370.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1011. Koebe, P.: ‘Abhandlungen zur Theorie der konformen Abbildung. I’, J. Reine Angew. Math. 145 (1915), 177–223.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1012. Suvorov, G.D.: Families of plane topological mappings, Novosibirsk, 1965 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1013. Markushevich, A.I.: Theory of functions of a complex variable, 3, Chelsea, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1014. Collingwood, E.F. and Lohwater, A.J.: The theory of cluster sets, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1966, Chapt. 9.

    Google Scholar 

  1015. Ohtsuka, M.: Dirichlet problem, extremal length and prime ends, v. Nostrand, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1016. Goluzin, G.M.: Geometric theory of functions of a complex variable, Amer. Math. Soc., 1969 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1017. Duren, P.L.: Univalent functions, Springer, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  1018. Aleksandrov, P.S.: Introduction to set theory and general topology, Moscow, 1977 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1019. Hausdorff, F.: Grundzüge der Mengenlehre, Leipzig, 1914. Reprinted (incomplete) English translation: Set theory, Chelsea (1978).

    Google Scholar 

  1020. Engelking, R.: General topology, Heldermann, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  1021. Nemytskiĭ, V.V. and Stepanov, V.V.: Qualitative theory of differential equations, Princeton Univ. Press, 1960 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1022. Nemytskiĭ, V.V. and Stepanov, V.V.: Qualitative theory of differential equations, Princeton Univ. Press, 1960 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1023. Pontryagin, L.S.: Ordinary differential equations, Addison-Wesley, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1024. Beck, A.: Continuous flows in the plane, Springer, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1025. Gutierrez, C.: ‘Smoothing continuous flows on two-;6), manifolds and recurrences’, Ergodic Theory and Dynam. Syst. 6 (1986), 17–44.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1026. Hajek, O.: Dynamical systems in the plane, Acad. Press, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1027. Hajek, O.: Dynamical systems in the plane, Acad. Press, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1028. Gnedenko, B.V. and Kolmogorov, A.N.: Limit distributions for sums of independent random variables, Addison-Wesley, 1954 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1029. Ibragimov, I.A. and Linnik, Yu.V.: Independent and stationary sequences of random variables; Wolters-Noordhoff, 1971 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1030. Petrov, V.V.: Sums of independent random variables, Springer, 1975 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1031. Prokhorov, Yu.V. and Rozanov, Yu.A.: Probability theory. Springer, 1969 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1032. Billingsley, P.: Convergence of probability measures, Wiley, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1033. Pollard, D.: Convergence of stochastic processes, Springer, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  1034. Jacod, J. and Shiryaev, A.N.: Limit theorems for stochastic processes, Springer, 1987 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1035. Loéve, M.: Probability theory, I, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  1036. Paulauskas, V. and Rackauskas, A.: Approximation theory in the central limit theorem. Exact results in Banach spaces, Kluwer, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  1037. Tikhonov, A.N. and Samarskiĭ, A.A.: ‘On the radiation principle’, Zh. Eksper, i Teoret. Fiz. 18, no. 2 (1948), 243–248 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1038. Ladyzhenskaya, O.A.: ‘On the limiting-amplitude principle’, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 12, no. 3 (1957), 161–164 (in Russian).

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1039. Eĭdus, D.M.: ‘The principle of limiting amplitude’, Russian Math. Surveys 24, no. 3 (1969), 97–167. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 24, no. 3 (1969), 91-156)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1040. Sveshnikov, A.G.: ‘On the radiation principle’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 73, no. 5 (1950), 917–920 (in Russian).

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1041. Isakova, E.K.: ‘The limiting amplitude principle for the Cauchy—Poisson problem in a plane I’ Differential Eq. 6, no. 1 (1970), 45–55. (Differentsial Uravn. 6, no. 1 (1970), 56-71)

    Google Scholar 

  1042. Mikhaĭlov, V.P.: ‘Stabilising the solution of a certain nonsteadystate boundary value problem’, Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 91 (1969), 103–116. (Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov. 91 (1967), 100-112)

    Google Scholar 

  1043. Vaĭnberg, B.R.: ‘On the short wave asymptotic behaviour of solutions of stationary problems and the asymptotic behaviour as t→∞ of solutions of non-stationary problems’, Russian Math. Surveys 30, no. 2 (1975), 1–58. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 30, no. 2 (1975), 3-55)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1044. Vaĭnberg, B.R.: ‘The limiting amplitude principle’, Izv. Vyzov. Mat. 2 (1974), 12–23 (in Russia).

    Google Scholar 

  1045. Lindeberg, J.W.: ‘Eine neue Herleitung des Exponential-gesetzes in der Wahrscheinlichkeitsrechnung’, Math. Z. 15 (1922), 211–225.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1046. Feller, W.: ‘Ueber den zentralen Grenzwertsatz der Wahrscheinlichkeitsrechnung’, Math. Z. 40 (1935), 521–559.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1047. Loève, M: Probability theory, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  1048. Petrov, V.V.: Sums of independent random variables, Springer, 1975 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1049. Lindelöf, E.: Leçons de calcul des variations, Paris, 1861.

    Google Scholar 

  1050. Bolza, O.: Bull. Math. Soc. 18, no. 3 (1911), 107–110.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1051. Carathéodory, C.: Variationsrechnung und partielle Differentialgleichungen erster Ordnung, Teubner, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  1052. Bryson, A.E. and Ho, Y.-C.: Applied optimal control, Blaisdell, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1053. Lindelöf, E.: Le calcul des résidus et ses applications à la théorie des fonctions, Gauthier-Villars, 1905.

    Google Scholar 

  1054. Titchmarsh, E.C.: The theory of the Riemann zeta-function, Oxford Univ. Press, 1951, Chapt. 13.

    Google Scholar 

  1055. Ivic, A.: The Riemann zeta-function, Wiley, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  1056. Lindelöf, E.: ‘Mémoire sur certaines inegualités dans la théorie des fonctions monogènes et sur quelques propriétés nouvelles de ces fonctions dans la voisinage d’un point singulier essentiel’, Acta. Soc. Sci. Fennica 35, no. 7 (1909), 1–35.

    Google Scholar 

  1057. Goluzin, G.M.: Geometric theory of functions of a complex variable, Amer. Math. Soc., 1969 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1058. Lavrent’ev, M.A. and Shabat, B.V.: Methoden der komplexen Funktionentheorie, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft, 1967 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1059. Stoĭlov, S.: The theory of functions of a complex variable, 1-2, Moscow, 1962 (in Russian; translated from the Rumanian).

    Google Scholar 

  1060. Lavrent’ev, MA: Variational methods for boundary value problems for systems of elliptic equations, Noordhoff, 1963 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1061. Lindelöf, E: J. Math. 9 (1903), 213–221.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1062. Lindelöf, E.: Le calcul des résidus et ses applications à la théorie des fonctions, Gauthier-Villars, 1905.

    Google Scholar 

  1063. Hardy, G.H.: Divergent series, Clarendon Press, 1949.

    Google Scholar 

  1064. Cooke, R.G.: Infinite matrices and sequence spaces, MacMillan, 1950.

    Google Scholar 

  1065. Lindelöf, E.: ‘Sur un principe générale de l’analyse et ses applications à la théorie de la représentation conforme’, Acta Soc. Sci. Fennica 46, no. 4 (1915), 1–35.

    Google Scholar 

  1066. Goluzin, G.M.: Geometric theory of functions of a complex variable, Amer. Math. Soc., 1969 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1067. Collinowood, E.F. and Lohwater, A.J.: The theory of cluster sets, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1068. Čirka, E.M. [E.M. Chirka] and Henkin, G.M. [G.M. Khenkin]: ‘Boundary properties of holomorphic functions of several complex variables’, J. Soviet Math. 5 (1976), 612–687. (Itogi Nauk. i Tekhn. Sovrem. Probl. 4 (1975), 13-142)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1069. Rudin, W.: Function theory in the unit ball of C n, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1070. Gel’fond, A.O.: Transcendental and algebraic numbers, Dover, reprint, 1960 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1071. Fel’dman, N.I. and Shidlovskiĭ, A.B.: ‘The development and present state of the theory of transcendental numbers’, Russian Math. Surveys 22, no. 3 (1967), 1–79. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 22, no. 3 (1967), 3-81)

    Google Scholar 

  1072. Baker, A.: Transcendental number theory, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1073. Beukers, F., Bézivin, J.P. and Robba, Ph.: ‘An alternative proof of the Lindemann-Weierstrass theorem’, Amer. Math. Monthly (Forthcoming (1989)).

    Google Scholar 

  1074. Aleksandrov, P.S.: Einführung in die Mengenlehre und die Theorie der reelen Funktionen, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft, 1956 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1075. Kuratowski, K.L.: Topology, 2, Acad. Press, 1968 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1076. Menger, K.: Kurventheorie, Teubner, 1932.

    Google Scholar 

  1077. Parkhomenko, A.S.: What is a curve?, Moscow, 1954 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1078. Urysohn, P.S.: Works on topology and other branches of mathematics, 2, Moscow-Leningrad, 1951 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1079. Hausdorff, F.: Grundzüge der Mengenlehre, Leipzig, 1914. Reprinted (incomplete) English translation: Set theory, Chelsea (1978).

    Google Scholar 

  1080. Engelking, R.: General topology, Heldermann, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  1081. Engelking, R.: Dimension theory, PWN & North-Holland, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  1082. Sierpiński, W.: ‘Sur un courbe dont tout point est un point de ramification’, C.R. Hebdomaires Acad. Sci. Paris 160 (1915), 302–305.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1083. Blumenthal, L. and Menger, K.: Studies in geometry, Freeman, 1970 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  1084. Coolidge, J.: A treatise on algebraic plane curves, Clarendon Press, 1931.

    Google Scholar 

  1085. Alexandrov, A.D. [A.D. Aleksandrov] and Reshetnyak, Yu.G.: General theory of irregular curves, Kluwer, 1989 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1086. Kostrikin, A.I.: Introduction à l’algèbre, Mir, 1981 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1087. Kurosh, A.G.: Higher algebra, Mir, 1972 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1088. Gel’fand, I.M.: Lectures on linear algebra, Interscience, 1961 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1089. Mal’tsev, A.I.: Foundations of linear algebra. Freeman, 1963 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1090. Efimiov, N.V. and Rozendorn, E.R.: Linear algebra and multi-dimensional geometry, Moscow, 1970 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1091. Shilov, G.E.: An introduction to the theory of linear spaces, Prentice-Hall, 1961 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1092. Gantmakher, F.R.: The theory of matrices, Chelsea, reprint, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1093. Artin, E.: Geometric algebra, Interscience, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1094. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Algebra: Algebraic structures. Linear algebra, 1, Addison-Wesley, 1974, Chapt. 1; 2 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1095. Baer, R.: Linear algebra and protective geometry, Acad. Press, 1952.

    Google Scholar 

  1096. Halmos, P.R.: Finite-dimensional vector spaces, v. Nostrand, 1958.

    Google Scholar 

  1097. Lang, S.: Linear algebra, Addison-Wesley, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1098. Faddeev, D.K. and Faddeeva, V.N.: Computational methods of linear algebra. Freeman, 1963 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1099. Voevodin, V.V.: Numerical methods of algebra, Moscow, 1966 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1100. Wilkinson, J.H.: The algebraic eigenvalue problem, Oxford Univ. Press, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1101. Voevodin, V.V.: Vestn. Moskov. Univ. Mat. Mekh. 2 (1970), 69–82.

    Google Scholar 

  1102. Bakhvalov, N.S.: Numerical methods: analysis, algebra, ordinary differential equations, Mir, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1103. Samarskiĭ, A.A. and Nikolaev, E.S.: Methods for solving grid equations, Moscow, 1978 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1104. Voevodin, V.V.: Computational foundations of linear algebra, Moscow, 1977 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1105. Faddeeva, V.N., et al.: Computational methods of linear algebra. Bibliographic index, 1828–1974, Novosibirsk, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1106. Voevodin, V.V.: Algèbre linéare, Mir, 1976 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1107. Marchuk, G.I. and Kuznetsov, Yu.A.: Iterative methods and quadratic functionals, Novosibirsk, 1972 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1108. Westlake, J.R.: A handbook of numerical matrix inversion and solution of linear equations, Wiley, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1109. Householder, A.S.: Lectures on numerical algebra, Math. Assoc. Amer., 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1110. Kieibasinski, A. and Schwetlick, H.: Numerische lineare Algebra, H. Deutsch, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  1111. Golub, G.H. and Loan, C.F. van: Matrix computations, North Oxford Acad., 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  1112. Kurosh, A.G.: Higher algebra, Mir, 1972 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1113. Kostrikin, A.I.: Introduction to algebra, Springer, 1982 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1114. Mishina, A.P. and Proskuryakov, I.V.: Higher algebra. Linear algebra, polynomials, general algebra, Moscow, 1965 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1115. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Algebra: Algebraic structures. Linear algebra, 1, Addison-Wesley, 1974, Chapt. 1; 2 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1116. Lang, S.: Algebra, Addison-Wesley. 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  1117. Lang, S.: Linear algebra, Addison-Wesley, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1118. Lang, S.: Introduction to linear algebra, Addison-Wesley, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1119. Borel, A.: Linear algebraic groups, Benjamin, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1120. Borel, A.: ‘Groupes linéaires algébriques’, Ann. of Math. (2) 64 (1956), 20–82.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1121. Borel, A.: ‘Groupes réductifs’, Publ Math. IHES 27 (1965), 55–150.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1122. Serre, J.-P.: Groupes algébrique et corps des classes, Hermann, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  1123. Serre, J-P.: Cohomoiogie Galmsienne, Springer, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1124. Chevalley, C.: Théorie des groupes de Lie, 2, Hermann, 1951.

    Google Scholar 

  1125. Chevalley, C.: Classification des groupes de Lie algébriques, 1-2, Ecole Normale Sup., 1956-1958.

    Google Scholar 

  1126. Chevalley, C.: ‘La théorie des groupes algébriques’, in Internat. Congress Mathematicians Edinburgh, 1958, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1960, pp. 53-68.

    Google Scholar 

  1127. Trrs, J.: Algebraic groups and discontinuous subgroups, Proc. Symp. Pure Math., Vol. 9, Amer. Math. Soc., 1966, pp. 33-62.

    Google Scholar 

  1128. Demazure, M. and Grothendick, A.: Schémas en groupes I-III, Lecture notes in math., 151-153, Springer, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1129. Platonov, V.P.: ‘The theory of algebraic linear groups and periodic groups’, Transi Amer. Math. Soc. (2) 69 (1968), 61–110. (Izv. Akad Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 30 (1966), 573-620)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1130. Platonov, V.R: ‘Algebraic groups’, J. Soviet Math. 4, no. 5 (1975), 463–482. (Itogi Nauk. i Tekhn. Algebra Topol. Geom. 11 (1974), 5-36)

    Google Scholar 

  1131. Trrs, J.: ‘Algebraic and abstract simple groups’, Ann. of Math. (2) 80 (1964), 313–329.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1132. Steinberg, R.: Lectures on Chevalley groups, Yale Univ. Press, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1133. Bruhat, F. and Trrs, J.: ‘BN paires de type affine et données radicielles’, C.R Acad. Sci Paris 263 (1966), 598–601.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1134. Bruhat, F. and Trrs, J.: ‘Groupes simples résiduellement déployés sur un corps local’, C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris 263 (1966), 766–768.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1135. Bruhat, F. and Trrs, J.: ‘Groupes algébriques simples déployés sur un corps local’, C.R. Acad Sci. Paris 263 (1966), 822–825.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1136. Bruhat, F. and Trrs, J.: ‘Groupes algébriques simples déployés sur un corps local: Cohomoiogie galoisienne, décompositions d’Iwasawa et de Cartan’, C.R. Acad Sci. Paris 263 (1966), 867–869.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1137. Platonov, V.R: The Tannaka-Artin problem and reduced K-theory’, Math. USSR Izv. 10 (1976), 211–243. (Izv. Akad Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 40, no. 2 (1976), 227-261)

    Google Scholar 

  1138. Humphreys, J.E.: Linear algebraic groups, Springer, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  1139. Chevalley, C.: ‘Certains schémas de groupes semi-simples’, in Sem. Bourbaki, Exp. 219, 1960-1061.

    Google Scholar 

  1140. Borel, A. and Springer, T.A.: ‘Rationality properties of linear algebraic groups II’, Tohoku Math. J. 20 (1968), 443–497.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1141. Bruhat, F. and Trrs, J.: ‘Groupes réductif sur un corps locale I’, Publ. Math.IHES 41 (1972), 5–251.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1142. Bruhat, F. and Trrs, J.: ‘Groupes réductif sur un corps locale II’, Publ. Math.IHES 60 (1984), 5–184.

    Google Scholar 

  1143. Bruhat, F. and Trrs, J.: ‘Groupes algébriques sur un corps locale III’, J. Fac. Sci. Tokyo Univ. 34 (1987), 671–698.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1144. Borel, A. and Mostow, G.D. (eds.): Algebraic groups and discontinuous subgroups, Proc. Symp. Pure Math., 9, Amer. Math. Soc., 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1145. Cassels, J.W.S. and Fröhlich, A. (eds.): Algebraic number theory, Acad. Press, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  1146. Wbil, A.: Basic number theory, Springer, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1147. Weil, A.: ‘Sur la formule de Siegel dans la théorie des groupes classiques’, Acta Math. 113 (1965), 1–87.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1148. Borel, A.: ‘Arithmetic properties of linear algebraic groups’, in Proc. Internat. Congress Mathematicians Uppsala, 1962, Mittag-Leffler Inst., 1963, pp. 10-22.

    Google Scholar 

  1149. Borel, A. and Harish-Chandra: ‘Arithmetic subgroups of algebraic groups’, Ann. of Math. 75 (1962), 485–535.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1150. Platonov, V.P.: The problem of strong approximation and the Kneser-Tits conjecture for algebraic groups’, Math USSR Izv. 3 (1969), 1139–1148. (Izv. Akad Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 33 (1969), 1211-1219)

    Google Scholar 

  1151. Platonov, V.P.: ‘Addendum to The problem of strong approximation and the Kneser—Tits conjecture for algebraic groups”, Math. USSR Izv. 4 (1970), 784–786. (Izv. Akad Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 34 (1970), 775-777)

    Google Scholar 

  1152. Platonov, V.P.: The arithmetic theory of linear algebraic groups and number theory’, Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 132 (1973), 184–191. (Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov. 132 (1973), 162-168)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1153. Kneser, M.: ‘Starke Approximation in algebraischen Gruppen I’, J. Reine Angew. Math. 218 (1965), 190–203.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1154. Kneser, M:’ strong approximation’, in G.D. Mostow and A. Borel (eds.): Proc Symp. Pure Math, Vol. 9, Amer. Math. Soc., 1966, pp. 187-196.

    Google Scholar 

  1155. Kneser, M.:’ schwache Approximation in algebraischen Gruppen’, in Colloq. Groupes Algébriques, Bruxelles, Gauthier-Villars, 1962, pp. 41-52.

    Google Scholar 

  1156. Harder, G.: ‘Halbeinfache Gruppenschemeta über Dedekindringen’, Invent. Math. 4, no. 3 (1967), 165–191.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1157. Eichler, M.: ‘Algemeine Kongruenzklasseneinteilungen der Ideale einfacher Algebren über algebraische Zahlkörpern und ihre L-Reihen’, J. Reine Angew. Math. 179 (1938), 227–251.

    Google Scholar 

  1158. Behr, H.: ‘Zur starken Approximation in algebraischen Gruppen über globalen Körpern’, J. Reine Angew. Math. 229 (1968), 107–116.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1159. Platonov, V.P.: ‘Reduced K-theory and approximation in algebraic groups’, Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 142, no. 3 (1979), 213–224. (Trudy Mat. Inst. Stekloy. 142 (1976), 198-207)

    Google Scholar 

  1160. Prasad, G.: ‘Strong approximation for semi-simple groups over function fields’, Ann. of Math. (2) 105 (1977), 553–572.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1161. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Introduction to geometry, Wiley, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  1162. Babushka, I., Práger, M. and Vitasek, E: Numerical processes in differential equations, SNTL, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1163. Bakhvalov, N.S.: Summary of the course ‘Foundations of computational mathematics’, 4, Moscow, 1968 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1164. Bakhvalov, N.S.: Numerical methods: analysis, algebra, ordinary differential equations, Mir, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1165. Varga, R.S.: Functional analysis and approximation theory in numerical analysis, SIAM, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  1166. Gavurin, M.K.: Lectures on methods of computation, Moscow, 1971 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1167. Godunov, S.K. and Ryabbn’kiĭ, V.S.: The theory of difference schemes, North-Holland, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1168. Lyyakonov, E.G.: Difference methods for solving boundary value problems, 1-2, Moscow, 1971-1972 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1169. Kantorovich, L.V. and Akilov, G.P.: Functional analysis, Pergamon, 1982 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1170. Marchuk, G.I.: Methods of numerical mathematics, Springer, 1975 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1171. Miklin, S.G. and Smolttskiĭ, Kh.I: Approximate methods for solution of differential and integral equations, Amer. Elsevier, 1967 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1172. Richtmyer, R.D. and Morton, K.W.: Difference methods for initial-value problems, Interscience, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1173. Ryaben’kĭ, V.S. and Filippov, A.F.: Ueber die Stabilität von Differenzengleichungen, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1960 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1174. Samarskiĭ, A.A: Theorie der Differenzverfahren, Akad. Verlagsgesell. Geest u. Portig K.-D., 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1175. Samarskiĭ, AA. and Nkolaev, E.S.: Methods for solving grid equations, Moscow, 1978 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1176. Ascher, U.M., Matthey, R.M.M. and Russell, R.D.: Numerical solution of boundary value problems for ordinary differential equations, Prentice-Hall, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  1177. Keller, H.B.: Numerical solution of two point boundary value problems, SIAM, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  1178. Lichnerowicz, A.: Global theory of connections and holonomy groups, Noordhoff, 1976 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1179. Kobayashi, S. and Nomizu, K.: Foundations of differential geometry, 1, Interscience, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  1180. Lang, S.: Introduction to differentiable manifolds, Interscience, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1181. Yosida, K.: Functional analysis, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1182. Kreĭn, S.G.: Linear differential equations in Banach space, Amer. Math. Soc., 1971 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1183. Hille, E. and Phillips, R.: Functional analysis and semigroups, Amer. Math. Soc., 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1184. Functional analysis, Moscow, 1972 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1185. Glushko, V.P.: Degenerate linear differential equations, Voronezh, 1972 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1186. Daletskiĭ, Yu.L. and Kreĭn, M.G.: Stability of solutions of differential equations in Banach space, Amer. Math. Soc., 1974 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1187. Zubova, S.P. and Chernyshovas, K.I.: ‘A linear differential equation with a Fredhohn operator acting on the derivative’, in Differential Equations and their Applications, Vol. 14, Vilnius, 1976, pp. 21–29 (in Russian). English abstract.

    Google Scholar 

  1188. Kuznetsov, A.N.: ‘Differentiable solutions to degenerate systems of ordinary equations’, Funct. Anal Appl. 6, no. 2 (1972), 119–127. (Funktional Anal i Prilozhen. 6, no. 2 (1972), 41-51)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1189. Krön, S.G. and Laptev, G.I.: ‘An abstract scheme for the consideration of parabolic problems in noncylindrical regions’, Differential Eq. 5 (1969), 1073–1081. (Differentsial Uravn. 5, no. 8 (1969), 1458-1469)

    Google Scholar 

  1190. Lyubich, Yu.I: ‘The classical and local Laplace transformation in an abstract Cauchy problem’, Russian Math. Surveys 21, no. 3 (1966), 1–52. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 21, no. 3 (1966), 3-51)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1191. Ovsyannikov, L.V.: ‘A singular operator in a scale of Banach spaces’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 6 (1965), 1025–1028. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 163, no. 4 (1965), 819-822)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1192. Soboleskiiĭ, P.E.: ‘Equations of parabolic type in a Banach space’, Trudy Moskov. Mat Obshch. 10 (1961), 297–350 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1193. Beals, R.: ‘Laplace transform methods for evolution equations’, in H.G. Garnir (ed.): Boundary value problems for linear evolution equations: partial differential equations. Proc. NATO Adv. Study Inst. Liège, 1976, Reidel, 1977, pp. 1-26.

    Google Scholar 

  1194. Friedman, A.: ‘Uniqueness of solutions of ordinary differential inequalities in Hilbert space’, Arch. Rat. Meck Anal. 17, no. 5 (1964), 353–357.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1195. Kato, T.: ‘Linear evolution equations of ‘hyperbolic’ type II’, J. Math. Assoc. Japan 25, no. 4 (1973), 648–666.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1196. Treves, F.: Basic linear partial differential equations, Acad. Press, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1197. Miller, J.: ‘Solution in Banach algebras of differential equations with irregular singular point’, Acta Math. 110, no. 3-4 (1963), 209–231.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1198. Peetre, J.: ‘Uniqueness in the Cauchy problem for elliptic equations with double characteristics’, Math. Scand. 8 (1960), 116–120.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1199. Hörmander, L.: Pseudo-differential operators, Moscow, 1967, pp. 63-87; 166-296; 297-367 (in Russian; translated from the English).

    Google Scholar 

  1200. Bernshteĭn, I.N.: ‘The analytic continuation of generalized functions with respect to a parameter’, Fund. Anal Appl. 6, no. 4 (1972), 273–285. (Funktsional. Anal. i Prilozhen. 6, no. 4 (1972), 26-40)

    Google Scholar 

  1201. Courant, R. and Hilbert, D.: Methods of mathematical physics. Partial differential equations, 2, Interscience, 1965 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  1202. Tichonoff, A.N. [A.N. Tkhonov] and Samarskiĭ, A.A.: Differentialgleichungen der mathematischen Physik, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft, 1959 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1203. Hörmander, L.V.: The analysis of linear partial differential operators, 1-4, Springer, 1983-1985.

    Google Scholar 

  1204. Palamodov, V.P.: Linear differential operators with constant coefficients, Springer, 1970 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1205. Hartman, P.: Ordinary differential equations, Birkhäuser, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  1206. Palais, R.: Seminar on the Atiyah—Singer index theorem, Princeton Univ. Press, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  1207. Palamodov, V.P.:’ systems of linear differential equations’, Itogi Nauk. Mat. Anal 1968 (1969), 5-37 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1208. Björk, J.E: Rings of differential operators, North-Holland, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1209. Sato, M., Kawai, T. and Kashiwara, M: ‘Microfunctions and pseudodifferential equations’, in H. Komatsu (ed.): Hyperfunctions and pseudo-differential equations, Lecture notes in math., Vol. 287, Springer, 1973, pp. 265-529.

    Google Scholar 

  1210. Vekua, I.N.: Generalized analytic junctions, Pergamon, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1211. Brrsadze, A.V.: Boundary value problems for second-order elliptic equations, North-Holland, 1968 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1212. Agmon, S., Douglis, A. and Nirenbero, L.: ‘Estimates close to the boundary of solutions of elliptic partial differential equations under general boundary conditions’, Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 12 (1959), 623–727.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1213. John, F.: Plane waves and spherical means: applied to partial differential equations, Interscience, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  1214. Miranda, C.: Partial differential equations of elliptic type. Springer, 1970 (translated from the Italian).

    Google Scholar 

  1215. Bernshteĭn, S.N.: Collected works, 3, Moscow, 1960 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1216. Schauder, J.: ‘Ueber lineare elliptische Differentialgleichungen zweiter Ordnung’, Math. Z. 38 (1934), 257–282.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1217. lopatinskĭ, Ya.B.: ‘On a method for reducing boundary value problems for a system of differential equations of elliptic type to regular integral equations’, Ukrain. Mat. Zh. 5, no. 2 (1953), 123–151 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1218. Vishk, M.I.: ‘On strongly elliptic systems of differential equations’, Mat. Sb. 29, no. 3 (1951), 615–676.

    Google Scholar 

  1219. Ahlfors, L.V.: ‘Conformality with respect to Riemannian metrics’, Ann. Acad. Sci. Fenn. Sen A1 206 (1955), 1–22.

    Google Scholar 

  1220. Ladyzhenskaya, O.A. and Ural’tseva, N.N.: Equations aux dérivées partielle du type elliptique, Dunod, 1969 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1221. Gilbaro, D. and Trudinoer, N.S.: Elliptic partial differential equations of second order, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  1222. Potter, M.H. and Weinberger, H.F.: Maximum principles in differential equations, Prentice-Hall, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1223. Garabedian, P.R.: Partial differential equations, Wiley, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1224. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Algebra: Algebraic structures. Linear algebra, 1, Addison-Wesley, 1974, Chapt. 1; 2 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1225. Lang, S.: Linear algebra, Addison-Wesley, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1226. Halmos, P.R.: Introduction to Hubert space and the theory of spectral multiplicity, Chelsea. 1951.

    Google Scholar 

  1227. Dunford, N. and Schwartz, J.T.: Linear operators, 1-2, Interscience, 1958-1959.

    Google Scholar 

  1228. Cramér, H.: Mathematical methods of statistics, Princeton Univ. Press, 1946.

    Google Scholar 

  1229. Rao, C.R.: Linear statistical inference and its applications, Wiley, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  1230. Zacks, S.: The theory of statistical inference, Wiley, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  1231. Scheffé, H.: Analysis of variance, Wiley, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  1232. Gel’fond, A.O.: Transcendental and algebraic numbers, Dover, reprint, 1960 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1233. Baker, A.: ‘Effective methods in the theory of numbers’, in Actès Congr. Internat Mathématiciens Nice, 1970, Vol. 1, Gauthier-Villars, 1971, pp. 19-26.

    Google Scholar 

  1234. Fbl’dman, N.I.: ‘An improvement of the estimate for a linear form in the logarithms of algebraic numbers’, Math. USSR Sb. 6 (1968), 393–406. (Mat Sb. 77, no. 3 (1968), 423-436)

    Google Scholar 

  1235. Fel’dman, N.I.: ‘An effective refinement of the exponent in Iiouville’s theorem’, Math. USSR Izv. 5, no. 5 (1971), 985–1002. (Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 35, no. 5 (1971), 973-990)

    Google Scholar 

  1236. Current problems of analytic number theory, Minsk, 1974 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1237. Baker, A.: Transcendental number theory, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1238. Shorey, T.N. and Tudeman, R.: Exponential Diophantine equations, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  1239. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Algebra: Modules. Rings. Forms, 2, Addison-Wesley, 1975, Chapt. 4; 5; 6 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1240. Kolmogorov, A.N. and Fomin, S.V.: Elements of the theory of functions and functional analysis, 1–2, Graylock, 1957-1961 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1241. Taylor, A.E. and Lay, D.C: Introduction to functionalanalysis, Wiley, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1242. Jordan, C.: Traité des substitutions et des équations algébriques, Paris, 1870.

    Google Scholar 

  1243. Dickson, L.E.: Linear groups, Leipzig, 1901.

    Google Scholar 

  1244. Dixon, J.D.: The structure of linear groups, v. Nostrand Rein-hold, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  1245. Artin, E.: Geometric algebra, Interscience, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1246. Bass, H.: Algebraic K-theory, Benjamin, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1247. Borel, A.: Linear algebraic groups, Benjamin, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1248. Dieudonné, J.A.: La géométrie des groups classiques, Springer, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  1249. Mal’cev, A.I. [A.I. Mal’tsev]: ‘On the faithful representation of infinite groups by matrices’, Transi Amer. Math Soc. (2) 45 (1965), 1–18.

    Google Scholar 

  1250. Mal’cev, A.I. [A.I. Mal’tsev]: ‘On some classes of infinite solvable groups’, Transi Amer. Math. Soc. 2 (1956), 1–22.

    Google Scholar 

  1251. Platonov, V.P.: The theory of algebraic linear groups and periodic groups’, Transi Amer. Math. Soc. (2) 69 (1968), 61–110. (Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 30, no. 3 (1966), 573-620)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1252. Platonov, V.P.: The Tannaka-Artin problem and reduced K-theory’, Math. USSR Izv. 10 (1976), 211–243. (Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 40, no. 2 (1976), 227-261)

    Google Scholar 

  1253. Borel, A., et al. (Eds.): Seminar on algebraic groups and related finite groups, Lecture notes in math., Springer, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1254. Steinberg, R.: Lectures on Cheyalley groups, Yale Univ. Press, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1255. Suprunenko, D.A.: Matrix groups, Amer. Math. Soc., 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1256. Tits, J.: ‘Free subgroups in linear groups’, J. of Algebra 20 (1972), 250–270.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1257. Chevalley, C.: ‘Sur certains groupes simples’, Tbhoku Math. J. 7 (1955), 14–66.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1258. Brauer, R. and Feit, W.: ‘An analogue of Jordan’s theorem in characteristic p’, Ann. of Math. (2) 84, no. 1 (1966), 119–131.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1259. Draxl, P. and Kneser, M.: SK1 von Schiefkörpen, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1260. Wehfrrrz, B.: Infinite linear groups. Springer, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1261. Merzlyakov, Yu.I.: ‘Linear groups’, J. Soviet Math. 1, no. 5 (1973), 571–593. (Itogi Nauk. Algebra Topol. Geom. 1970 (1971), 75-110)

    Google Scholar 

  1262. Carter, R.W.: Simple groups of Lie type, Wiley, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1263. O’Meara, O.T.: ‘A survey of the isomorphism theory of the classical groups’, in Ring theory and algebra, Vol. 3, M. Dekker, 1980, pp. 225-242.

    Google Scholar 

  1264. Hadamard, J.: Lectures on Conchy’s problem in linear partial differential equations, Dover, reprint, 1952.

    Google Scholar 

  1265. Bers, L., John, F. and Schbchter, M.: Partial differential equations, Interscience, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1266. Brrsadze, A.V.: Equations of the mixed type, Pergamon, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1267. Brrsadze, A.V.: Equations of mathematical physics, Mir, 1980 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1268. Vladdorov, V.S.: Equations of mathematical physics, Mir, 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1269. Gel’fand, I.M. and Shilov, G.E.: Generalized Junctions, Acad. Press, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1270. Gårding, L.: ‘Cauehy’s problem for hyperbolic equations’, in Third Congress Scand Math. Helsinki, 1957, Mcreators Tryckeri, 1958, pp. 104-109.

    Google Scholar 

  1271. Dezin, A.A.: ‘Boundary problems for certain symmetric linear first-order systems’, Mat Sb. 49, no. 4 (1959), 459–484 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1272. Courant, R and Hilbert, D.: Methods of mathematical physics. Partial differential equations, 2, Interscience, 1965 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  1273. Ladyzhenskaya, O.A.: A mixed problem for a hyperbolic equation, Moscow, 1953 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1274. Leray, J., Gårdino, L. and Kotake, T.: ‘Uniformisation et developpement asymptotique de la solution du problème de Cauchy linéaire à données holomorphes; analogie avec la théorie des ondes asymptotiques et approchées’, Bull. Soc. Math. France 92 (1964), 236–361.

    Google Scholar 

  1275. Petrovskiĭ, I.G.: Partial differential equations, Saunders, 1967 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1276. Smirnov, V.I.: A course of higher mathematics, 2, Addison-Wesley, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1277. Tichonoff, A.N. [A.N. Tkhonov] and Samarskiĭ, A.A: Differentialgleichungen der mathematischen Physik, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft, 1959 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1278. Hörmander, L.: Linear partial differential operators, Springer, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  1279. Hörmander, L.: The analysis of linear partial differential operators, I–IV, Springer, 1983–1985.

    Google Scholar 

  1280. Garabbdian, P.R.: Partial differential equations, Wiley, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1281. John, F.: Partial differential equations, Springer, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1282. Lehmann, E.: Testing statistical hypotheses, Wiley, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  1283. Welsh, D.J.A.: Matroid theory, Acad. Press, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  1284. Chernikov, S.N.: Lineare Ungleichungen, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft, 1971 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1285. Kuhu, H.W. and Tucker, A.W. (eds.): Linear inequalities and related systems, Princeton Univ. Press, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  1286. Minkowski, H.: Geometrie der Zahlen, Chelsea, reprint, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  1287. Chernikov, S.N.: ‘A generalization of the Kronecker—Capelli theorem on systems of linear equations’, Mat. Sb. 15, no. 3 (1944), 437–448 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1288. Chernikov, S.N.: ‘Systems of linear inequalities’, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 8, no. 2 (1953), 7–73 (in Russian).

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1289. Chernikov, S.N.: ‘Algebraic theory of linear inequalities’, Ukrain Math. J. 19, no. 1 (1967), 29–67. (Ukrain. Mat. Zh. 19, no. 1 (1967), 36-80)

    Google Scholar 

  1290. Chernikov, S.N.: The convolution of finite systems of linear inequalities’, Dopovidi Akad. Nauk URSR Ser. A 1 (1969), 32–35 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1291. Krasovskiĭ, N.N. and Eremin, I.I.: ‘linear inequalities and some of their applications’, Ukrain Math. J. 25, no. 4 (1973), 384–395. (Ukrain. Mat. Zh. 25, no. 4 (1973), 465-478)

    Google Scholar 

  1292. Farkas, J.: ‘Ueber die Theorie der einfachen Ungleichungen’, J. Reine Angew. Math. 124 (1901), 1–24.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1293. Dines, L.L. and McCoy, N.H.: ‘On linear inequalities’, Trans. Roy Soc. Canada Sect. 3 27 (1933), 37–70.

    Google Scholar 

  1294. Grünbaum, B.: Convex polytopes, Interscience, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1295. McMullen, P. and Stephard, G.C.: Convex polytopes and the upper bound conjecture, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  1296. Gruber, P.M. and Lekkerkerker, C.G.: Geometry of numbers, North-Holland, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  1297. Grötschel, M., Lovasz, L. and Schrijver, A.: Geometric algorithms and combinatorial optimization, Springer, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  1298. Bakhvalov, N.S.: Numerical methods: analysis, algebra, ordinary differential equations, Mir, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1299. Berezin, I.S. and Zhidkov, N.P.: Computing methods, Pergamon, 1973 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1300. Davis, P.J.: Interpolation and approximation, Dover, reprint, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1301. Stbffensbn, J.F.: Interpolation, Chelsea, reprint, 1950.

    Google Scholar 

  1302. Peano, G.: Calcolo geometrico seconda l’Ausdehnungslehre di H. Grassmann, Bocca, 1888.

    Google Scholar 

  1303. Gel’fand, I.M.: Lectures on linear algebra, Interscience, 1961 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1304. Toeplitz, O.: ‘Ueber die Auflösung unendlichvieler linearer Gleichungen mit unendlichvielen Unbekannten’, Rend Circolo Mat. Palermo 28 (1909), 88–96.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1305. Banach, S.S.: A course of functional analysis, Kiev, 1948 (in Ukrainian).

    Google Scholar 

  1306. Taylor, J.L.: ‘A general framework for a multi-operator functional calculus’, Advances in Math. 9, no. 2 (1972), 183–252.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1307. Enflo, P.: ‘A counterexample to the approximation problem in Banach spaces’, Acta Math. 130 (1973), 309–317.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1308. Schaefer, H.H.: Topological vector spaces, Macmillan, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1309. Functional analysis, Library of Math. Handbooks, Moscow, 1972 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1310. Lomonosov, V.I.: ‘Invariant subspaces of a family of operators that commute with a completely continuous operator’, Funktsional. Anal i Prilozhen. 3 (1973), 55–56 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1311. Hilbert, D.: Grundzüge einer allgemeinen Theorie der linearen Integralgleichungen, Chelsea, reprint, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  1312. Dunford, N. and Schwartz, J.T.: Linear operators. General theory, 1, Interscience, 1958.

    Google Scholar 

  1313. Dunford, N. and Schwartz, J.T.: Linear operators. Spectral theory, 2, Interscience, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  1314. Dunford, N. and Schwartz, J.T.: Linear operators. Spectral operators, 3, Interscience, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  1315. Gokhberg, I.Ts. and Kreĭn, M.G.: Theory and applications of Volterra operators in Hilbert space, Amer. Math. Soc., 1970 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1316. Szökevalfi-Nagy, B. and Foiass, C.: Harmonic analysis of operators on Hilbert space, North-Holland, 1970 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1317. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Algebra: Modules. Rings. Forms, 2, Addison-Wesley, 1975, Chapt. 4; 5; 6 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1318. Gohberg, I. and Goldberg, S.: Basic operator theory, Birkhäuser, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  1319. Gohberg, I.C. and Kreĭn, M.G.: Introduction to the theory of linear nonselfadjoint operators, Amer. Math. Soc., 1969 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1320. Halmos, P.R.: Finite-dimensional vector spaces, v. Nostrand, 1958.

    Google Scholar 

  1321. Pazy, A.: Semigroups of linear operators and applications to partial differential equations, Springer, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  1322. Pearcy, C. (ed.): Topics in operator theory, Amer. Math. Soc., 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1323. Vasilescu, F.H.: Analytic functional calculus, Reidel, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  1324. Petrovskiĭ, I.G.: Ordinary differential equations, Prentice-Hall, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1325. Pontryagin, L.S.: Ordinary differential equations, Addison-Wesley, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1326. Arnol’d, V.I.: Ordinary differential equations, M.I.T., 1973 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1327. Liapounoff, A.M. [A.M. Lyapunov]: Probleme général de la stabilité du mouvement, Princeton Univ. Press, 1947 (translated from the Russian). Reprint, Kraus, 1950.

    Google Scholar 

  1328. Demidovich, B.P.: Lectures on the mathematical theory of stability, Moscow, 1967 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1329. Bylov, B.F., Vinograd, R.E., Grobman, D.M. and Nemytskiĭ, V.V.: The theory of the Lyapunov exponent and its application to questions of stability, Moscow, 1965 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1330. Hartman, P.: Ordinary differential equations, Birkhäuser, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  1331. Bellman, R.E.: Stability theory of differential equations, McGraw-Hill, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  1332. Coddington, E.A. and Levinson, N.: Theory of ordinary differential equations, McGraw-Hill, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  1333. Pontryagin, L.S.: Ordinary differential equations, Addison-Wcsley, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1334. Kamke, E.: Differentialgleichungen. Lösungsmethoden und Lösungen, 1. Gewähnliche Differentialgleichungen, Chelsea, reprint, 1947.

    Google Scholar 

  1335. Sansone, G.: Ordinary differential equations, 1-2, Zanichelli, 1948-1949 (in Italian).

    Google Scholar 

  1336. Hartman, P.: Ordinary differential equations, Birkhäuser, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  1337. Tricomi, F.: Repertorium der Theorie der Differentialglekhungen, Springer, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1338. Golubev, V.V.: Vorlesungen Über Differentialgleichungen im Komplexen, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft, 1958 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1339. Ince, E.L.: Ordinary differential equations, Dover, reprint, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  1340. Coddinoton, E.A. and Levinson, N.: Theory of ordinary differential equations, McGraw-Hill, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  1341. Pontryagin, L.S.: Ordinary differential equations, Addison-Wcslcy, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1342. Arnol’d, V.I.: Ordinary differential equations, M.I.T., 1973 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1343. Demidovich, B.P.: Lectures on the mathematical theory of stability, Moscow, 1967 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1344. Bitsadze, A.V.: The equations of mathematical physics, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1345. Ladyzhenskaya, O.A., Solonnikov, V.A. and Ural’tseva, N.N.: Linear and quasi-linear equations of parabolic type, Amer. Math. Soc., 1968 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1346. Friedman, A.: Partial differential equations of parabolic type, Prentice-Hall, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1347. Eidel’man, S.D.: Parabolic systems, North-Holland, 1969 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1348. Il’in, A.M., Kalashnkov, A.S. and Oleinik, O.A.: ‘linear equations of the second order of parabolic type’, Russian Math. Surveys 17, no. 3 (1962), 1–143. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk. 17, no. 3 (1962), 3-46)

    Google Scholar 

  1349. Baderko, E.A.: ‘Solution of a heat conduction problem for concentrated heat capacities by the method of parabolic potentials’, Differential Eq. 8 (1972), 940–947. (Differential. Uravn. 8 (1972), 1225-1234)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1350. Cannon, J.R.: The one-dimensional heat equation, Addison-Wesley, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  1351. Ciliberto, C.: ‘Formule di maggiorazione e teoremi di esistenza per le soluzioni delle equazioni paraboliche in due variabili’, Richerche di Mat 3 (1954), 1234–1249.

    Google Scholar 

  1352. Gbvrey, M.: Oeuvres, C.N.R.S., 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1353. Ughi, M.: ‘Stime a priori la soluzioni di problemi al contorno di quarto e quinto tipo per una equazione parabolica lineare’, Atti Sem. Mat Fis. Univ. Modena 26 (1977), 304–328.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1354. Potter, M.H. and Weinberger, H.F.: Maximum principles in differential equations, Prentice-Hall, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1355. Yudin, D.B. and Gol’shtein, E.G.: Linear programming, Israel Progr. Sci. Transl., 1965 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1356. Dantzig, G.B.: Linear programming and extensions, Princeton Univ. Press, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  1357. Eremin, I.I. and Astaf’ev, N.N.: Introduction to the theory of linear and convex programming, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1358. Karmanov, V.G.: Mathematical programming, Moscow, 1975 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1359. Ter-Krikorov, A.M.: Optimal control and mathematical economics, Moscow, 1977 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1360. Borgwardt, K.H.: The simplex method: a probabilistic analysis, Springer, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  1361. Chva’tal, V.: Linear programming, Freeman, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  1362. Karmarkar, N.: ‘A new polynomial-time algorithm for linear programming’, Combinatorica 4 (1984), 373–395.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1363. Khachiyan, L.G.: ‘A polynomial algorithm in linear programming’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 20 (1979), 191–194. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 244 (1979), 1093-1096)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1364. Klee, V. and Minty, G.J.: ‘How good is the simplex algorithm?’, in O. Shisha (ed.): Inequalities, Vol. 111, Acad. Press, 1972, pp. 159-175.

    Google Scholar 

  1365. Megiddo, N.: ‘Linear programming in linear time when the dimension is fixed’, J. Assoc. Computing Mach. 31 (1984), 114–127.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1366. Schrdver, A.: Theory of linear and integer programming, Wiley, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  1367. Shamir, R.: ‘The efficiency of the simplex method: a survey’, Management Science 33 (1987), 301–334.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1368. Linnik, Yu.V.: Methode der kleinste Quadrate in moderner Darstellung, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft, 1961 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1369. Cramer, H.: Mathematical methods of statistics, Princeton Univ. Press, 1946.

    Google Scholar 

  1370. Kendall, M.G. and Stuart, A.: The advanced theory of statistics, 2. Inference and relationship, Macmillan, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1371. Rao, C.R.: Linear statistical inference and its applications, Wiley, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  1372. Kirillov, A.A.: Elements of the theory of representations, Springer, 1976 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1373. Curtis, C.W. and Reiner, I.: Methods of representation theory, 1–2, Wiley, 1981-1987.

    Google Scholar 

  1374. Serre, J.-P.: Representations linéaires des groupes finis, Hermann, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1375. Nàĭmàrk, M.A and Shtern, A.I.: Theory of group representations, Springer, 1982 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1376. Weyl, H.: The classical groups, their invariants and representations, Princeton Univ. Press, 1946.

    Google Scholar 

  1377. Zhelobenko, D.P.: Compact Lie groups and their representations, Amer. Math. Soc., 1973 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1378. Springer, T.A.: Invariant theory, Lecture notes in math., 585, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  1379. Humphreys, J.E.: Introduction to Lie algebras and representation theory, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1380. Bröcker, Th. and tom Dieck, T: Representations of compact Lie groups, Springer, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  1381. Hardy, G.H.: Divergent series, Clarendon Press, 1949.

    Google Scholar 

  1382. Cooke, R.G.: Infinite matrices and sequence spaces, MacMillan, 1950.

    Google Scholar 

  1383. Kangro, G.F.: Theory of summability of sequences and series’, J. Soviet Math. 5 (1976), 1–45. (Itogi Nauk. i Tekhn. Mat. Anal 12 (1974), 5-70)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1384. Baron, S.A.: Introduction to the theory of summability of series, Tartu, 1966 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1385. Hardy, G.H.: Divergent serin, Clarendon Press, 1949.

    Google Scholar 

  1386. Cooke, R.G.: Infinite matrices and sequence spaces, MacMillan, 1950.

    Google Scholar 

  1387. Kangro, G.F.: ‘Theory of summability of sequences and series’, J. Soviet Math. 5 (1976), 1–45. (Itogi Nauk. i Tekhn. Mat. Anal. 12 (1974), 5-70

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1388. Baron, S.A.: Introduction to the theory of summability of series, Tartu, 1966 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1389. Shafarevich, I.R.: ‘Algebraic surfaces’, Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 75 (1967). (Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov. 75 (1965))

    Google Scholar 

  1390. Mumford, D.: Lectures on curves on an algebraic surface, Princeton Univ. Press, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1391. Zariski, O.: Algebraic surfaces, Springer, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  1392. Todd, J.A.: Projective and analytical geometry, Pitman, 1947, Chapt. VI.

    Google Scholar 

  1393. Bohr, H.: Almost-periodic junctions, Chelsea, reprint, 1947 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  1394. Favard, J.: Leçons sur les fonctions presque-périodiques, Gauthier-Villars, 1933.

    Google Scholar 

  1395. Erugin, N.P.: Linear systems of ordinary differential equations with periodic and quasi-periodic coefficients, Acad. Press, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1396. Massera, J.L. and Schaffer, J.J.: Linear differential equations and function spaces, Acad. Press, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  1397. Mukhamadiv, E.: ‘On invertibility of differential operators in the space of continuous functions bounded on the real axis’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 12 (1971), 49–52. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 196, no. 1 (1971), 47-49)

    Google Scholar 

  1398. Itogi Nauk. i Tekhn. Mat. Anal. 12 (1974), 71-146.

    Google Scholar 

  1399. Hale, J.K.: Ordinary differential equations, Wiley, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1400. Shtokalo, I.Z.: Linear differential equations with variable coefficients: criteria of stability and unstability of their solutions, Hindushtan Publ. Comp., 1961 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1401. Erugin, N.P.: Linear systems of ordinary differential equations with periodic and quasi-periodic coefficients, Acad. Press, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1402. Yakubovich, V.A. and Starzhinskiĭ, V.M.: Linear differential equations with periodic coefficients, Wiley, 1975 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1403. Brockett, R.W.: Finite dimensional linear systems, Wiley, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1404. Halb, J.K.: Ordinary differential equations, Wiley, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1405. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Commutative algebra, Addison-Wesley, 1972 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1406. Golan, J.: Localization of noncommutative rings, M. Dekker, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1407. Stenström, B.: Rings of quotients, Springer, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1408. Oystaeyen, F. Van and Verschoren, A.: Reflectors and localization. Application to sheaf theory, M. Dekker, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1409. Lambek, J.: Torsion theories, additive semantics and rings of quotients, Lecture notes in math., 77, Springer, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  1410. Aleksandrov, P.S.: Lectures on analytical geometry, Moscow, 1968 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1411. Gel’fand, I.M.: Lectures on linear algebra, Moscow, 1971 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1412. Efhiov, N.V. and Rozendorn, E.R.: Linear algebra and nulti-dimnensional geometry, Moscow, 1970 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1413. Halmos, P.R.: Finite-dimensional vector spaces, v. Nostrand, 1958.

    Google Scholar 

  1414. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics, 2. Linear and multilinear algebra, Addison-Wesley, 1973 Chapt. 2 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1415. Jacobson, N.: Lectures in abstract algebra, 2. Linear algebra, v. Nostrand, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  1416. Kranosel’skiĭ, M.A., et al.: Approximate solution of operator equations, Wolters-Noordhoff, 1972 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1417. Collatz, L.: Funktionalanalysis und numerische Mathematik, Springer, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1418. Ortega, J.M. and Rheinboldt, W.C.: Iterative solution of nonlinear equations in several variables, Acad. Press, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1419. Bellman, R.E. and Kalaba, R.: Quasilinearization and nonlinear boundary-value problems, Amer. Elsevier, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1420. Pobedrya, B.E.: ‘Numerical methods for visco-elastic problems’, in Elasticity and inelasticity, Vol. 3, Moscow, 1973, pp. 95-173 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1421. Oden, J.T.: Finite elements of nonlinear continua, McGraw-Hill, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1422. Zenkevich, O.: The method of finite elements in engineering, McGraw-Hill, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  1423. Svirskĭ, I.V.: Methods of Bubnov—Galerkin type and succesive approximations, Moscow, 1968 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1424. Mkhlin, S.G.: Numerical realization of variational methods, Moscow, 1966 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1425. Fučik, S., Kratochvil, A. and Nečas, J.: ‘Kačanov—Galerkin method and its applications’, Acta Univ. Carolinae Math. Phys. 15, no. 1-2 (1974), 31–33.

    Google Scholar 

  1426. Eisenstat, S.C., Schultz, M.H. and Sherman, A.H.: ‘The application of sparse matrix methods to the numerical solution of nonlinear elliptic partial differential equations’, in D.L. Colton and R.P. Gilbert (eds.): Constructive and computational methods for differential and integral equations, Lectures notes in math., Vol. 430, Springer, 1974, pp. 131-153.

    Google Scholar 

  1427. D’yakonov, E.G.: Minimization of computational work. Asymptotically optimal algorithms for elliptic problems, Moscow, 1969 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1428. Keller, J.B. and Antman, S. (eds.): Bifurcation theory and nonlinear eigenvalue problems, Benjamin, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1429. Skrypnk, I.V.: Non-linear elliptic equations of higher order, Kiev, 1973 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1430. Ladyzhenskaya, O.A: The mathematical theory of viscous incompressible flow, Gordon & Breach, 1963 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1431. D’yakonov, E.G.: Difference methods for solving boundary value problems, 2. Non-stationary problems, Moscow, 1972 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1432. Fairweather, G.: Finite element Galerkin methods for differential equations, M. Dekker, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  1433. Luskin, M.: ‘A Galerkin method for nonlinear parabolic equations with nonlinear boundary conditions’, SIAM J. Num. Anal 16, no. 2 (1979), 284–299.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1434. Gohberg, I.C., Kaashoek, MA. and Lay, D.C.: ‘Equivalence, linearization, and decomposition of holomorphic operator functions’, J. Fund Anal. 28 (1978), 102–144.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1435. Lefschetz, S.: Algebraic topology, Amer. Math. Soc., 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  1436. Zelinsky, D.: ‘Linearly compact modules and rings’, Amer. J. Math 75, no. 1 (1953), 79–90.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1437. Lbptin, H.: ‘Linear kompakte Moduln und Ringe’, Math. Z. 62 (1955), 241–267.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1438. Lettin, H.: ‘Linear kompakte Moduln und Ringe II’, Math. Z. 66 (1957), 289–327.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1439. Bourbaki, N.: Algèbre commutative, Hermann, 1961, Chapt. 3. Graduations, filtrations et topologies.

    Google Scholar 

  1440. Warner, S.: Topoiogical fietds, North-Holland, 1989, Chapt. 5, Sect. 31.

    Google Scholar 

  1441. Bourbaki, N.: Algebra, Springer, 1988, Chapts. 4-7 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1442. Zariski, O. and Samuel, P.: Commutative algebra, 1, Springer, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1443. Rozanov, Yu.A.: Stationary random processes, Holden-Day, 1967 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1444. Rozanov, Yu.A.: Innovation processes, Wüey, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1445. Ibragimov, I.A. and Linnik, Yu.V.: Independent and stationary sequences of random variables, Wolters-Noordhoff, 1971 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1446. Doob, J.L.: Stochastic processes, Chapman and Hall, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  1447. Ibragimov, I.A. and Rozanov, Yu.A.: Gaussian random processes, Springer, 1978 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1448. Scifert, H. and Threlfall, W.: Lehrbuch der Topologie, Chelsea, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1449. Pontryagin, L.S.: ‘Smooth manifolds and their applications in homotopy theory’, Transl. Amer. Math. Soc. 11 (1959), 1–114. (Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov. 45 (1955))

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1450. Spanier, E.: Algebraic topology, Springer, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  1451. Linnik, Yu.V.: ‘On the representation of large numbers by positive ternary quadratic forms’, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 4, no. 4-5 (1940), 363–402 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1452. Linnik, Yu.V.: Ergodic properties of algebraic fields, Springer, 1968 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1453. Malyshev, A.V.: ‘The representation of integers by positive quadratic forms’, Trudy Mat Inst. Steklov. 65 (1962).

    Google Scholar 

  1454. Malyshev, A.V.: ‘A new version of the ergodic method of Yu.V. Linnik in number theory’, J. Soviet Math. 11 (1978), 346–352. (Zap. Nauchn. Sem. Leningr. Otdel. Mat. Inst. 50 (1975), 179-186)

    Google Scholar 

  1455. Malyshev, A.V.: ‘Yu.V. Linnik’s ergodic method in number theory’, Acta Arithm. 27 (1975), 555–598.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1456. Peters, M.: ‘Darstellungen durch definite ternäre quadratische Formen’, Acta Arithm. 34 (1977), 57–80.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1457. Goldstein, H.: Classical mechanics, Addison-Wesley, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1458. Uhlenbeck, G.E. and Ford, G.V.: Lectures in statistical mechanics, Amer. Math. Soc., 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  1459. Bogolyubov, N.N.: Collected works, 2, Kiev, 1970 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1460. Cercionani, C.: The Bottzmann equation and its appfications, Springer, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  1461. Gantmacher, F. [F.R. Gantmakher]: Lectures in analytical mechanics, Mir, 1975 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1462. Prachar, K.: Primzohherteihung, Springer, 19S7.

    Google Scholar 

  1463. Ghandrasekharan, K.: Arithmetical functions, Springer, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1464. Monge, G.: Application de l’anatyse à la géométrie, Bachelier, 1850.

    Google Scholar 

  1465. Shulkovskiĭ, V.I.: Classical differential geometry in a tensor setting, Moscow, 1963 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1466. Blaschkb, W. and Lechtweiss, K.: Elementare Differentialgeometrie, Springer, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1467. Berger, M. and Gostiaux, B.: Differential geometry: manifolds, curves and surfaces. Springer. 1988 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1468. Liouvillb, J.: J. Math. Pures Appl. 2 (1837), 16–35.

    Google Scholar 

  1469. Kamke, E.: Differentialgleichungen: Lösungsmethoden und Lösungen, 1. Gewöhnliche Differentialgleichungen, Chelsea, reprint, 1947.

    Google Scholar 

  1470. Trrchmarsh, E.C.: Eigenfunction expansions associated with second-order differential equations, 1-2, Clarendon Press, 1946-1948.

    Google Scholar 

  1471. Ince, E.L.: Ordinary differential equations, Dover, reprint. 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  1472. Liouville, J.: ‘Sur des classes très étendues de quantités dont la valeur n’ert ni algebrique, mi méme tionellen algébriques’, C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris 18 (1844), 883–885.

    Google Scholar 

  1473. Gel’pond, A.O.: Trmscmemtal and algebraic numbers, Dover, reprint, 1960 (translated from thé Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1474. Perron, O.: Die Lehre von den Kettenbrüchen, 1, Teubner, 1977, Sect. 36.

    Google Scholar 

  1475. Perron, O.: Irrationalzahlen. Chelaee, reprint, 1948.

    Google Scholar 

  1476. Abel, N.H.: ‘Ueber einige bestimmte Integrale’, J. Reine Angew. Math. 2 (1827), 22–30.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1477. Liouville, J.: J. Math. Pures Appl. 3 (1838), 342–349.

    Google Scholar 

  1478. Ostrogradskiĭ, M.V.: Collected works, VoL 3, Kiev, 1961, pp. 124-126 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1479. Jacobi, C.G.J.: Gesammelte Werke, 4, Chelsea, reprint, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1480. Pontryaoin, L.S.: Ordinary differential equations, Addison-Wesley, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1481. Abnol’d, V.I.: Ordinary differential equations, M.I.T., 1973 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1482. Hartman, P.: Ordinary differential equations, Birkhäuser, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  1483. Blascheke, W. and Lhchtwbiss, K.: Elementare Differentialgeometrie, Springer, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1484. Berger, M. and Gostiaux, B.: Differential geometry: manifolds, curves and surfaces, Springer, 1988 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1485. Cauchy, A.L.: C.R. Acad Sci. Paris 19 (1844), 1377–1384.

    Google Scholar 

  1486. Monge, G.: Application de l’anatyse à la géométrie, Bachelier, 1850, pp. 609-616.

    Google Scholar 

  1487. Brrsadzb, A.V.: Foundations of the theory of analytic functions of a complex variable, Moscow, 1972 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1488. Vladimirov, V.S.: Methods of the theory of functions of several complex variables, M.I.T, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1489. Liouville, J.: ‘Sur les classes très étendues de quantités dont la valeur n’est ni algébrique, ni même réductible à des irrationelles algébriques’, C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris 18 (1844), 883–885; 910-911.

    Google Scholar 

  1490. Thue, A.: ‘Ueber Annäherungswerte algebraischer Zahlen’, J. Reine Angew. Math. 135 (1909), 284–305.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1491. Siegel, C.L.: ‘Approximation algebraischer Zahlen’, Math. Z. 10 (1921), 173–213.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1492. Dyson, F.J.: The approximation to algebraic numbers by rationals’, Acta Math. 79 (1947), 225–240.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1493. Roth, K.F.: ‘Rational approximation to algebraic numbers’, Mathematika 2 (1955), 1–20; 168.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1494. Baker, A.: ‘Contributions to the theory of Diophantine equations I’, Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London Ser. A 263 (1968), 173–191.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1495. Sprindzhuk, V.G.: ‘Rational approximations to algebraic numbers’, Math. USSR Izv. 5 (1971), 1003–1019. (Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 35 (1971), 991-1007)

    Google Scholar 

  1496. Fbl’dman, N.I.: ‘An effective refinement of the exponent in Iiouville’s theorem’, Math. USSR Izv. 5 (1971), 985–1002. (Izv. Akad Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 35 (1971), 973-990)

    Google Scholar 

  1497. Lipschitz, R.: ‘De explicatione per series trigonometricas insttuenda ranctkmum umius variablis arbitrariarum, et praecipue earum, quae per variablis spatium finitum valorum maximorum et minimorum numerum habent infintum disquisitio’, J. Reine Angew. Math. 63 (1864), 296–308.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1498. Zygmund, A.: Trigonometric series, 1-2, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  1499. Natanson, I.P.: Constructive function theory, 1-3, F. Ungar, 1964-1965 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1500. Zygmund, A.: Trigonometric series, 1-2, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  1501. Nikol’skiĭ, S.M.: Approximation of functions of several variables and imbedding theorems, Springer, 1975 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1502. Besov, O.V., Il’in, V.P. and Nikol’skiĭ, S.M.: Integral representations of Junctions and imbedding theorems, Wiley, 1978 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1503. J. McCarthy: ‘Recursive functions of symbolic expressions and their computation by machine’, Comm. ACM 3 (1960), 184.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1504. Lavrov, S.S. and Silagadze, G.S.: Automatic data processing The language Lisp and its realization, Moscow, 1978 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1505. Higman, B.: A comparative study of programming languages, Amer. Elsevier, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1506. Listing, I.B.: Vorstudien zur Topologie, Göttingen, 1847.

    Google Scholar 

  1507. Crowell, R.H. and Fox, R.H.: Introduction to knot theory, Ginn, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  1508. Kauffman, L.H.: On knots, Princeton Univ. Press, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  1509. Hardy, G.H. and Littlewood, J.E: ‘A new proof of a theorem on rearrangements’, J. London Math. Soc. 23 (1948), 163–168.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1510. Cassels, J.W.S.: An introduction to the geometry of numbers, Springer, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  1511. McGbheb, O.C., Piono, L. and Surra, B.: ‘Hardy’s inequality and the L’ norm for exponential sums’, Ann. of Math. 113 (1981), 613–618.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1512. Konjaoin, S.V. [S.V. Konyagin]: ‘On a problem of Little-wood’, Math. USSR Izv. 18, no. 2 (1982). 205–225. (Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR 45 (1981). 243-265)

    Google Scholar 

  1513. Graham, C.C. and McGbheb, O.C.: Essays in commutative harmonic analysis, Springer, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1514. Stegeman, J.D.: ‘On the constant in the Littlewood problem’, Math. Ann. 261 (1982), 51–54.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1515. Savelov, A.A.: Plane cunts, Moscow, 1960 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1516. Fladt, K.: Analytische Geometrte spezieller ebener Kurven, Akad. Verlagsgesellschaft, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  1517. Gomes Teixeira, F.: Traité des courbes, 1-3, Chelsea, reprint, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  1518. Kagan, V.F.: The foundations of geometry, 1, Moscow-Leningrad, 1949 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1519. Efimov, N.V.: Höhere Geometrie, Deutsch. Verlag Wissen-schaft., 1960 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1520. Ryzhk, I.M. and Gradshteĭn, I.S.: Tables of integrals, series, and products, Acad. Press, 1980 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1521. Greenberg, M.: Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries, Freeman, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1522. Coxeter, H.S.M.: ‘Parallel lines’, Canad. Math. Bull. 21 (1978), 385–397.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1523. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Non-Euclidean geometry, Toronto Univ. Press, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1524. Bonola, R.: Non-Euclidean geometry, Dover, reprint, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  1525. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Twelve geometric esays, Carbondale, 1968, Chapt. 1.

    Google Scholar 

  1526. Lobachevskü, N.I.: Zwei geometrische Abhandlungen, Teubner, 1898 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1527. Bolyai, J.: ‘Appendix. Scientiam spatii absolute veram exhibens,’ in Tentamen, Vol. 1, M. Vásárhelyini Die, 1833.

    Google Scholar 

  1528. Aleksandrov, A.D.: ‘Abstract spaces’, in Mathematics, its Content, Methods and Significance, Vol. 3, Amer. Math. Soc., 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1529. Egorov, I.P.: Introduction to non-Euclidean geometries, Penze, 1972 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1530. Efmov, N.V.: Höhere Geometrie, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1960 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1531. Kagan, V.F.: The foundations of geometry, 1, Moscow-Leningrad, 1949 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1532. Laptev, B.L.: Nikolaĭ Ivanovich Lobachevskiĭ, Kazan’, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1533. Norden, A.P.: Elementare Einführung in die Lobatschewskische Geometrie, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft, 1958 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1534. Nur, Yu.Yu.: Lobachevskĭ geometry in an analytic setting, Moscow, 1961 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1535. Raushenbakh, B.V.: Spatial constructions in old Russian paintings, Moscow, 1975 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1536. Rozenfel’d, B.A.: Non-Euclidean spaces, Moscow, 1969 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1537. Smirokov, P.A.: A sketch of the fundamentals of Lobachevskian geometry, Noordhoff, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1538. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Non-Euclidean geometry, Univ. Toronto Press, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  1539. Coxeter, H.S.M.: ‘Parallel lines’, Canad. Math. Bull. 21 (1978), 385–397.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1540. Coxeter, H.S.M.: The non-Euclidean symmetry of Escher’s picture ‘Circle Limit III’, Leonardo 12 (1979), 19–25; 32.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1541. Coxeter, H.S.M.: ‘Angles and arcs in the hyperbolic plane’, Math. Chronicle (New Zealand) 9 (1980), 7–33.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1542. Berger, M.: Geometry, 1-2, Springer, 1987 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1543. Greenberg, M.: Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries, Freeman, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1544. Sommerville, D.M.Y.: Bibliography of non-Euclidean geometry, Chelsea, reprint, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1545. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Introduction to geometry, Wiley, 1961.

    Google Scholar 

  1546. Bonola, R.: Non-Euclidean geometry, Dover, reprint, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  1547. Lobachevskiĭ, N.I.: Collected works, 4, Moscow-Leningrad, 1948 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1548. Berezin, I.S. and Zhidkov, N.P.: Computing methods, Pergamon, 1973 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1549. Sebastiäo e Silva, J.: ‘Sur une méthode de approximation semblable à celle de Griffe’, Portug. Math. 2 (1941), 271–279.

    Google Scholar 

  1550. Householder, A.S. and Stewart, G.W.: The numerical factorization of a polynomial’, SIAM Rev. 13 (1971), 38–46.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1551. Brodetsky, S. and Smeal, G.: ‘On Graeffe’s method for complex roots’, Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 22 (1924), 83–87.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1552. Hildebrand, F.B.: Introduction to numerical analysis, McGraw-Hill, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1553. Efimov, N.V.: Höhere Geometrie, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft, 1960 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1554. Klein, F.: Vorlesungen über Nicht-Euklidische Geometrie, Springer, 1928.

    Google Scholar 

  1555. Kaoan, V.F.: The foundations of geometry, 1-2, Moscow-Leningrad, 1949-1956 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1556. Rozbnfel’d, B.A.: Non-Euclidean spaces, Moscow, 1969 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1557. Rosenfeld, B.A. [B.A. Rozenfel’d]: A history of non-Euclidean geometry, Springer, 1988, Chapt. 6 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1558. Robb, A.A: Geometry of time and space, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1936, p. 406.

    Google Scholar 

  1559. Coxeter, H.S.M.: Non-Euclidean geometry, Univ. Toronto Press, 1965, p. 209.

    Google Scholar 

  1560. Berger, M.: Geometry, 1-2, Springer, 1987 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1561. Busemann, H. and Kelly, P.: Projective geometry and projective metrics, Acad. Press, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  1562. Lobatto, R.: Lessen over de differentioal-en integraalrekening, 1-2,’ s Gravenhage, 1851-1852.

    Google Scholar 

  1563. Krylov, V.I.: Approximate calculation of integrals, Macmillan, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1564. Michels, H.H.: ‘Abscissas and weight coefficients for Lobatto quadrature’, Math. Comp. 17 (1963), 237–244.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1565. Stroud, A.H. and Secrest, D.: Gaussian quadrature formulas, Prentice-Hall, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1566. Cohn, P.M.: Universal algebra, Reidel, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  1567. Raĭkov, D.A.: ‘On the local approximation of differentiable functions’, Dokl. Akad Nauk SSSR 24, no. 7 (1939), 653–656 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1568. Bernshteĭn, S.N.: Collected works, 2, Moscow, 1954 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1569. Brudnyĭ, Yu.A.: ‘Spaces defined by means of local approximations’, Trans. Moscow Math. Soc. 24 (1974), 73–139. (Trudy Moskov. Mat. Obshch. 24 (1971), 69-132)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1570. Peetre, J.: ‘On the theory of L ρλ spaces’, J. Funct. Anal. 4 (1969), 71–87.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1571. Dolgachev, I.V.: ‘Abstract algebraic geometry’, Russian Math. Surveys 2, no. 3 (1974), 264–303. (Itogi Nauk. i Tekhn. Algebra. Topol Geom. 10 (1972), 47-112)

    Google Scholar 

  1572. Grothendieck, A.: Local cohomohgy, Springer, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1573. Grothendieck, A.: Cohomologie locale des faisceaux cohérents et théorèmes de Lefschetz locaux et globaux, North-Holland, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1574. Siu, Y.-T. and Trautmann, G.: Gap-sheaves and extension of coherent analytic suhsheaves. Springer, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  1575. Schapira, P.: Théorie des hyperfonctions, Springer, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1576. Banica, C. and Stanasila, O.: Algebraic methods in the global theory of complex spaces, Wiley, 1976 (translated from the Rumanian).

    Google Scholar 

  1577. Siu, Y.-T.: Techniques of extension of analytic objects, M. Dekker, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1578. Favard, J.: Course de géométrie différentièlle locale, Gauthier-Villars, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1579. Berger, M. and Gostiaux, B.: Differential geometry: manifolds, curves and surfaces, Springer, 1988 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1580. Klingenberg, W.: A course in differential geometry, Springer, 1978 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  1581. Spivak, M.: A comprehensive introduction to differential geometry, 1-5, Publish or Perish, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1582. Pol, E. and Pol, R.: ‘A hereditarily normal strongly zero-dimensional space containing subspaces of arbitrarily large dimension‘, Fund. Math. 102 (1979), 137–142.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1583. Engelkino, R.: Dimension theory, PWN & North-Holland, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  1584. Serre, J.-P.: Local fields, Springer, 1979 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1585. Cassels, J.W.S. and Fröhlich, A. (eds.): Algebraic number theory, Acad. Press, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  1586. Parshin, A.N.: ‘Abelian coverings of arithmetic schemes’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 19, no. 6 (1978), 1438–1442. (Dokl. Akad Nauk SSSR 243 (1978), 855-858)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1587. Serre, J.-P.: ‘Sur les corps locaux à corps résiduel algébriquement clos’, Bull. Soc. Math. France 89 (1961), 105–154.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1588. Demazure, M. and Gabriel, P.: Groupes algébriques, North-Holland, 1971, pp. 648-674. (Appendix: M. Hazewinkel, Classes de corps local)

    Google Scholar 

  1589. Kato, K.: ‘Class field theory and algebraic K-theory’, in M. Raynaud and T. Shioda (eds.): Algebraic geometry, Lecture notes in math., Vol. 1016, Springer, 1983, pp. 109-126.

    Google Scholar 

  1590. Kato, K.: ‘Vanishing cycles, ramification of valuations and class field theory’, Duke Math. J. 55 (1987), 629–661.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1591. ParŠn, A.N. [A.N. Parshin]: ‘Local class field theory’, Proc. Steklov Inst. Math. 165 (1985), 157–185. (Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov. 165 (1984), 143-170)

    Google Scholar 

  1592. Arkhangel’skiĭ, A.V. and Ponomarev, V.I.: Fundamentals of general topology: problems and exercises, Reidel, 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1593. Sklyarenko, E.G.: ‘On the theory of generalized manifolds’, Math. USSR Jzv. 5, no. 4 (1971), 845–858. (Izv. Akad Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 35 (1971), 831-843)

    Google Scholar 

  1594. Harlap, A.E. [A.E. Kharlap]: ‘Local homology and cohomology, homology dimension and generalized manifolds’, Math. USSR Sb. 25, no. 3 (1975), 323–349. (Mat. Sb. 96 (1975), 347-373)

    Google Scholar 

  1595. Dold, A.: Lectures on algebraic topology, Springer, 1972, Sect. IV.3.

    Google Scholar 

  1596. Gnedenko, B.V. and Kolmogorov, A.N.: Limit distributions for sums of independent random variables, Addison-Wesley, 1954 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1597. Ibragimov, I.A. and Linnik, Yu.V.: Independent and stationary sequences of random variables, Wolters-Noordhoff, 1971 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1598. Petrov, V.V.: Sums of independent random variables, Springer, 1975 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1599. Prokhorov, Yu.V. and Rozanov, Yu.A: Probability theory, Springer, 1969 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1600. Sirazhdinov, S.Kh.: Limit theorems for homogeneous Markov chains, Tashkent, 1955 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1601. Statulyavichus, V.A.: ‘Limit theorems and asymptotic expansions for non-stationary Markov chains’, Litovsk. Mat. Sb. 1 (1961), 231–314 (in Russian). English abstract.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1602. Statulyavichus, V.A.: ‘Limit theorems for sums of random variables that are connected in a Markov chain I’, Litovsk. Mat. Sb. 9 (1969), 345–362 (in Russian). English abstract.

    Google Scholar 

  1603. Khinchin, A.Ya: Mathematical foundations of statistical mechanics, Dover, reprint, 1949 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1604. Khinchin, A.Ya.: Mathematical foundations of quantum statistics, Moscow-Leningrad, 1951 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1605. Bhattacharya, R.N. and Ranga Rao, R.: Normal approximations and asymptotic expansions, Wiley, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  1606. Paulauskas, V. and Račkauskas, A.: Approximation theory in the central limit theorem, Kluwer, 1989 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1607. Aleksandrov, P.S.: An introduction to homological dimension theory and general combinatorial topology, Moscow, 1975 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1608. Sitnikov, K.: ‘On homological girdling of compacta in Euclidean space’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 81 (1951), 153–156

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1609. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Commutative algebra, Addison-Wesley, 1972 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1610. Krull, W.: ‘Dimensionstheorie in Stellenringen’, J. Reine Angew. Math. 179 (1939), 204–226.

    Google Scholar 

  1611. Chevalley, C.: ‘On the theory of local rings’, Ann. of Math. (2) 44 (1943), 690–708.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1612. Cohen, I.S.: ‘On the structure and ideal theory of complete local rings’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 59 (1946), 54–106.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1613. Samuel, P.: Algèbre locale, Gauthier-Villars, 1953.

    Google Scholar 

  1614. Nagata, M.: Local rings, Interscience, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  1615. Zariski, O. and Samuel, P.: Commutative algebra, 2, Springer, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1616. Serre, J.-P.: Algèbre locale. Multiplicités, Springer, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  1617. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Commutative algebra, Addison-Wesley, 1972 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1618. Atiyah, M.F. and Macdonald, LG.: Introduction to commutative algebra, Addison-Wesley, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1619. Anick, D.: ‘Construction d’espaces de lacets et d’anneaux locaux à séries de Poincaré-Betti non rationelles’, C.R. Acad. Soc. Paris 290 (1980), 1729–1732. English abstract.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1620. Hartman, P.: Ordinary differential equations, Birkhauser, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  1621. Anosov, D.V.: ‘On a class of invariant sets in smooth dynamical systems’, in Proa Fifth Internat. Conf. Non-Linear Oscillations, Vol. 2, Kiev, 1970, pp. 39-45 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1622. Robinson, C.: ‘Structural stability of vector fields’, Ann. of Math. (2) 99 (1974), 154–175.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1623. Robinson, C.: ‘Correction to’ structural stability of vector fields’’, Ann. of Math. (2) 101 (1975), 368.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1624. Jenkins, J.A.: Univalent functions and conformai mapping, Springer, 1958.

    Google Scholar 

  1625. Strubel, K.: Quadratic differentials, Springer, 1984 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  1626. Gardiner, F.P.: Teichmüller theory and quadratic differen-tials, Wiley, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  1627. Pontryagin, L.S.: Topological groups, Princeton Univ. Press, 1958 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1628. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Lie groups and Lie algebras, Addison-Wesley, 1975 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1629. Serre, J.-P.: Lie algebras and Lie groups, Benjamin, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  1630. Lie, S. and Engel, F.: Theorie der Transformationsgruppen, 1-3, Teubner, 1930.

    Google Scholar 

  1631. Zariski, O.: ‘Local uniformization on algebraic varieties’, Ann. of Math. (2) 41 (1940), 852–896.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1632. Abhankayar, S.: Resolution of singularities of embedded algebraic surfaces, Acad. Press, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1633. Hodge, W.V.D. and Pedoe, D.: Methods of algebraic geometry, 3, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1954.

    Google Scholar 

  1634. Zariski, O. and Samuel, P.: Commutative algebra, 2, Springer, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1635. Hironaka, H.: ‘Resolution of singularities of an algebraic variety over a field of characteristic zero’, Ann. of Math. 79 (1964), 109–326.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1636. Abhyankar, S.S.: Resolution of singularities of arithmetic surfaces, Harper & Row, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  1637. Markushevich, A.I.: Theory of functions of a complex variable, 2, Chelsea, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1638. Springer, G.: Introduction to Riemann surfaces, Addison-Wesley, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1639. Shabat, B.V.: Introduction to complex analysis, 1-2, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1640. Farkas, H.M. and Kra, I.: Riemann surfaces, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1641. Moiseev, N.N.: Computational methods in the theory of optimal systems, Moscow, 1971 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1642. Krylov, I.A. and Chernous’ko, F.L.: ‘Solution of problems of optimal control by the method of local variations’, USSR Comp. Math. Math. Phys. 6, no. 2 (1966), 12–31. (Zh. Vychisl Mat. i Mat. Fiz. 6 (1966), 203-217)

    Google Scholar 

  1643. Banichuk, N.V., Petrov, V.M. and Chernous’ko, F.L.: ‘The method of local variations for variational problems involving non-additive functionals’, USSR Comp. Math. Math. Phys. 9, no. 3 (1969), 66–76. (Zh. Vychisl Mat. i Mat. Fiz. 9 (1969), 548-557)

    Google Scholar 

  1644. Isbell, J.R.: ‘Atomless parts of spaces’, Math. Scand 31 (1972), 5–32.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1645. Joyal, A. and Tierney, M.: ‘An extension of the Galois theory of Grothendieck’, Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. 309 (1984).

    Google Scholar 

  1646. Isbell, J.R.: ‘Product spaces in locales’, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 81 (1981), 116–118.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1647. Banaschewski, B.: ‘The duality of distributive continuous lattices’, Canad. J. Math. 32 (1980), 385–394.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1648. Madden, J. and Vermeer, J.: ‘Lindelöf locales and realcom-pactness’, Math. Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 99 (1986), 473–480.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1649. Isbell, J.R., KŘíž, I., Pultr, A. and Rosický, J.: ‘Remarks on localic groups’, in F. Borceux (ed.): Categorical Algebra and its Applications, Lecture notes in math., Vol. 1348, Springer, 1988, pp. 154-172.

    Google Scholar 

  1650. Johnstone, P.T.: ‘A simple proof that localic subgroups are closed’, Cahiers Top. et Géom. Diff. Catégoriques 29 (1988), 157–161.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1651. Pultr, A.: ‘Pointless uniformities’, Comment. Math. Univ. Carolinae 25 (1984), 91–120.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1652. Fourman, M.P. and Grayson, R.J.: ‘Formal spaces’, in A.S. Troelstra and D. van Dalen (eds.): The L.E.J. Brouwer Centenary Symposium, Studies in Logic, Vol. 110, North-Holland, 1982, pp. 107-122.

    Google Scholar 

  1653. Johnstone, P.T.: ‘Open locales and exponentiation’, in J.W. Gray (ed.): Mathematical Applications of Category Theory, Contemporary Math., Vol. 30, Amer. Math. Soc., 1984, pp. 84-116.

    Google Scholar 

  1654. Johnstone, P.T.: Stone spaces, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1982

    Google Scholar 

  1655. Dunford, N. and Schwartz, J.T.: Linear operators. Spectral theory, 2, Interscience,1963.

    Google Scholar 

  1656. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Commutative algebra, Addison-Wesley, 1972 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1657. Bucur, I. and Deleanu, A.: Introduction to the theory of categories and functors, Wiley, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1658. Gabriel, P.: ‘Des catégories abéliennes’, Bull. Soc. Math. France 90 (1962), 323–448.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1659. Shul’geĭfer, E.G.: ‘Localizations and strongly hereditary strict radicals in categories’, Trans. Moscow Math. Soc. 19 (1969), 299–331. (Trudy Moskov. Mat. Obshch. 19 (1968), 271-301)

    Google Scholar 

  1660. Serre, J.P.: ‘Groupes d’homotopie et classes de groupes abéliens’, Ann. of Math. 58 (1953), 258–294.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1661. Popescu, N.: Abelian categories with applications to rings and modules, Acad. Press, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1662. Gabriel, P. and Zisman, M.: Categories of fractions and homotopy theory, Springer, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1663. Golan, J.S.: Localization of noncommutative rings, M. Dekker, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1664. Golan, J.S.: Torsion theories, Longman, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  1665. Artin, M., Grothendieck, A. and Verdier, J.L.: Théorie des topos (SGA 4, vol. I), Lecture notes in math., 269, Springer, 1972.

    Google Scholar 

  1666. Johnstone, P.T.: Topos theory, Acad. Press, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  1667. Adelman, M. and Johnstone, P.T.: ‘Serre classes for toposes’, Bull. Austral. Math. Soc. 25 (1982), 103–115.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1668. Borceux, F. and Van den Bossche, G.: Algebra in a localic topos with applications to ring theory, Lecture notes in math., 1038, Springer, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  1669. Borceux, F. and Veit, B.: ‘On the left exactness of orthogonal reflections’, J. Pure Appl. Alg. 49 (1987), 33–42.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1670. Borceux, F. and Kelly, G.M.: ‘On locales of localizations’, J. Pure Appl. Alg. 46 (1987), 1–34.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1671. Bary, N.K. [N.K. Bari]: A treatise on trigonometric series, Per-gamon, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1672. Zygmund, A.: Trigonometric series, 1, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1988

    Google Scholar 

  1673. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Commutative algebra, Addison-Wesley, 1972 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1674. Weil, A.: Basic number theory, Springer, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1675. Waerden, B.L. van der: Algebra, 1-2, Springer, 1967–1971 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  1676. Cassels, J.W.S. and Fröuch, A. (eds.): Algebraic number theory, Acad. Press, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  1677. Pontryagin, L.S.: Topological groups, Princeton Univ. Press, 1958 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1678. Kelley, J.L.: General topology, v. Nostrand, 1955, pp. 146-147.

    Google Scholar 

  1679. Kelley, G.L.: General topology, v. Nostrand, 1955, p. 61.

    Google Scholar 

  1680. Čech, E.: Topological spaces, Interscience, 1966, § 21B.

    Google Scholar 

  1681. Kantorovich, L.V. and Akilov, G.P.: Functional analysis, Pergamon, 1982 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1682. Day, M.M.: Normed linear spaces, Springer, 1958.

    Google Scholar 

  1683. Schaefer, H.H.: Topological vector spaces, Macmillan, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1684. Luxemburg, W.A.J. and Zaanen, A.C.: Riesz spaces, I, North-Holland, 1971.

    Google Scholar 

  1685. Zaanen, A.C.: Riesz space, II, North-Holland, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  1686. Schaefer, H.H.: Banach lattices and positive operators, Springer, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1687. Kolmogorov, A.N.: ‘Zur Normierbarkeit eines allgemeinen topologischen linearen Raumes’, Studia Math, 5 (1935), 29–33.

    Google Scholar 

  1688. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Topological vector spaces, Addison-Wesley, 1977 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1689. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Integration, Addison-Wesley, 1975, Chapt.6; 7; 8 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1690. Schaefer, H.H.: Topological vector spaces, Macmillan, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1691. Day, M.M.: Normed linear spaces, Springer, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1692. Dunford, N. and Schwartz, J.T.: Linear operators. General theory, 1, Interscience, 1958.

    Google Scholar 

  1693. Pietsch, A.: Nuclear locally convex spaces, Springer, 1972 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  1694. Robertson, A.P. and Robertson, W.J.: Topological vector spaces, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1695. Phelps, R.R.: Lectures on Choquet’s theorem, v. Nostrand, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1696. Enflo, P.: ‘A counterexample to the approximation problem in Banach spaces’, Acta. Math. 130 (1973), 309–317.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1697. Frölicher, A. and Bucher, W.: Calculus in vector spaces without norm, Lecture notes in math., 30, Springer, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1698. Palmodov, V.P.: ‘Homological methods in the theory of locally convex spaces’, Russian Math. Surveys 26, no. 1 (1971), 1–64. (Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 26, no. 1 (1971), 3-65)

    Google Scholar 

  1699. DeWilde, M.: Closed graph theorems and webbed spaces, Pitman, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  1700. Dineen, S.: Complex analysis in locally convex spaces, North-Holland, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  1701. Floret, K.: Weakly compact sets, Lecture notes in math., 801, Springer.

    Google Scholar 

  1702. Grothendieck, A.: Produits tensoriels topologiques et espaces nucléaires, Amer. Math. Soc., 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  1703. Grothendieck, A.: Topological vector spaces, Gordon & Breach, 1973 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1704. Horváth, J.: Topological vector spaces and distributions, I, Addison-Wesley, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1705. Jarchow, H.: Locally convex spaces, Teubner, 1981 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  1706. Köthe, G.: Topological vector spaces, 1-2, Springer, 1969–1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1707. Perez Carreras, P. and Bonet, J.: Barrelled locally convex spaces, North-Holland, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  1708. Schmets, J.: Espaces de fonctions continues, Lecture notes in math., 519, Springer, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  1709. Choquet, G.: Lectures on analysis, 1-3, Benjamin, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1710. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Topological vector spaces, Addison-Wesley, 1977 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1711. Schaefer, H.H.: Topological vector spaces, Macmillan, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1712. Kantorovich, L.V. and Akilov, G.P.: Functional analysis, Pergamon, 1982 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1713. Köthe, G.: Topological vector spaces, I, Springer, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1714. Jarchow, H.: Locally convex spaces, Teubner, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  1715. Jacobson, N.: Structure of rings, Amer. Math. Soc., 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  1716. Herstein, I.: Noncommutative rings, Math. Assoc. Amer., 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1717. Shrshov, A.I.: ‘On certain non-associative nil rings and algebraic algebras’, Mat. Sb. 41 (1957), 381–394 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1718. McCrimmon, K.: ‘The radical of a Jordan algebra’, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 62 (1969), 671–678.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1719. Lyu, S.S.: ‘On the splitting of locally finite algebras’, Mat. Sb. 39 (1956), 385–396 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1720. Golod, ES.: ‘On nil algebras and residually finite p-groups’, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 28 (1964), 273–276 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1721. Engelking, R.: General topology, PWN, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  1722. Arkhangel’skiĭ, A.V. and Ponomarev, V.I.: Fundamentals of general topology: problems and exercises, Reidel, 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1723. Alexandroff, P. [P.S. Aleksandrov]: ‘Sur les ensembles de la première classe et les espaces abstraits’, C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris 178 (1924), 185–187.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1724. Stone, A.H.: ‘Paracompactness and product spaces’, Bull Amer. Math. Soc. 54 (1948), 977–982.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1725. Michael, E.A.: ‘A note on paracompact spaces’, Froc. Amer. Math. Soc. 4 (1953), 831–838.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1726. Burke, D.K.: ‘Covering properties’, in K. Kunen and J.E. Vaughan (eds.): Handbook of Set-Theoretic Topology, North-Holland. 1984, Chapt. 9; pp. 347-422.

    Google Scholar 

  1727. Kurosh, A.G.: The theory of groups, 1-2, Chelsea, 1955–1956 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1728. Chernkov, S.N.: ‘Finiteness conditions in general group theory’, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 14, no. 5 (1959), 45–96 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1729. Shunkov, V.P.: ‘On locally finite groups with a minimality condition for Abelian subgroups’, Algebra and Logic 9, no. 5 (1970), 350–370. (Algebra i Logika 9, no. 5 (1970), 579-615)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1730. Shunkov, V.P.: ‘On locally finite groups of finite rank’, Algebra and Logic 10, no. 2 (1971), 127–142. (Algebra i Logika 10, no. 2 (1971), 199-225)

    Google Scholar 

  1731. Shevrin, L.N.: ‘On locally finite semigroups’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 6 (1965), 769–772. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 162 (1965), 770-773)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1732. Shneperman, L.B.: ‘Periodic inverse linear semigroups’, Vesci Akad. Nauk BSSR Ser. Fiz. Mat. Nauk. 4 (1976), 22–28 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1733. Brown, T.C.: ‘On locally finite semigroups’, Ukr. Math. J. 20 (1968), 631–636. (Ukr. Mat. Zh. 20, no. 6 (1968), 732-738)

    Google Scholar 

  1734. Brown, T.C.: ‘A semigroup union of disjoint locally finite subsemigroups which is not locally finite’, Pacific J. Math. 22, no. 1 (1967), 11–14.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1735. Brown, T.C.: ‘An interesting combinatorial method in the theory of locally finite semigroups’, Pacific J. Math. 36, no. 2 (1971), 285–289.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1736. Green, J.A. and Rees, D.: ‘On semi-groups in which x r=x‘, Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 48, no. 1 (1952), 35–40.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1737. McLean, D.: ‘Idempotent semigroups’, Amer. Math. Monthly 61, no. 2 (1954), 110–113.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1738. McNaughton, R. and Zalcstein, Y.: The Burnside problem for semigroups’, J. of Algebra 34, no. 2 (1975), 292–299.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1739. Cantrell, J.C. and Edwards, C.H., jr. (eds.): Topology of manifolds, Markham, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1740. Kurosh, A.G.: The theory of groups, 1-2, Chelsea, 1955–1956 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1741. Godembnt, R.: Topologe algébrique et théorie des faisceaux, Hennann, 1958.

    Google Scholar 

  1742. Hartshorne, R.: Algebraic geometry, Springer, 1977.

    Google Scholar 

  1743. Saks, S.: Theory of the integral, Hafner, 1952 (translated from the Polish).

    Google Scholar 

  1744. Tolstov, G.P.: ‘On the curvilinear and iterated integral’, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov. 35 (1950), 1–101 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1745. Jacobson, N.: Structure of rings, Amer. Math. Soc., 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  1746. Herstbin, I.: Noncommutative rings, Math. Assoc. Amer., 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1747. Kostrkin, A.I.: ‘Lie rings satisfying the Engel condition’, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 21 (1957), 515–540 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1748. Kurosh, A.G.: The theory of groups, 1-2, Chelsea, 1955–1956 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1749. Kargapolov, M.I. and Merzlyakov, Yu.L: Fundamentals of the theory of groups, Springer, 1979 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1750. Mill, J. van: Infinite-dimensional topology, North-Holland, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  1751. Jacobson, N.: Lie algebras, Interscience, 1962 (also: Dover, reprint, 1979).

    Google Scholar 

  1752. Kurosh, A.G.: The theory of groups, 1-2, Chelsea, 1955–1956 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1753. Spanier, E.H.: Algebraic topology, McGraw-Hill, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1754. Steenrod, N.E.: The topology of fibre bundles, Princeton Univ. Press, 1951.

    Google Scholar 

  1755. Hu, S.-T.: Homotopy theory, Acad. Press, 1959.

    Google Scholar 

  1756. Husemoller, D.: Fibre bundles, McGraw-Hill, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1757. Markushevich, A.I.: Theory of functions of a complex variable, 2, Chelsea, 1977, Chapt. 8 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1758. Ahlfors, L.V.: Complex analysis, McGraw-Hill, 1979, Chapt. 8.

    Google Scholar 

  1759. Nikol’skiĭ, S.M.: A course of mathematical analysis, 1, Mir, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1760. Markushevich, A.I.: Theory of functions of a complex variable, 1, Chelsea, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1761. Conway, J.B.: Functions of one complex variable, Springer, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1762. Marsden, EL: Basic complex analysis, Freeman, 1973. [A3] Titchmarsh, E.C.: The theory of functions, Oxford Univ. Press, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1763. Saks, S. and Zygmund, A.: Analytic functions, PWN, 1952 (translated from the Polish).

    Google Scholar 

  1764. Stromberg, K.: An introduction to classical real analysis, Wadsworth, 1981.

    Google Scholar 

  1765. Kolmogorov, A.N.: ‘Ueber das logarithmische normale Verteilungsgesetz der Dimensionen der Teilchen bei Zerstückelung’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 31, no. 2 (1941), 99–101.

    Google Scholar 

  1766. Cramér, H.: Mathematical methods of statistics, Princeton Univ. Press, 1946.

    Google Scholar 

  1767. Arrchison, J. and Brown, JA.C: The lognormal distribution, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1957.

    Google Scholar 

  1768. Johnson, N.L. and Kotz, S.: Distributions in statistics: continuous univariate distributions, 1, Wiley, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1769. Thorin, O.: ‘On the infinite divisibility of the lognormal distribution’, Skand. Aktuartidskr., no. 3 (1977), 121–148.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1770. Sobolev, S.L.: Partial differential equations of mathematical physics, Pergamon, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1771. Webster, A.G.: Partial differential equations of mathematical physics, Hafner, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  1772. Muskhelishvili, N.I.: Singular integral equations, Wolters-Noordhoff, 1972 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1773. Vallée-Poussin, Ch.J. de la: Le potentiel logarithmique, balayage et répresentation conforme, Libraire Univ., 1949.

    Google Scholar 

  1774. Evans, G.C.: The logarithmic potential, discontinuous Dirichlet and Neumann problems, New York, 1927.

    Google Scholar 

  1775. Hayman, W.K. and Kennedy, P.B.: Subharmonic functions, 1, Acad. Press, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  1776. Kral, J.: Integral operators in potential theory, Lecture notes in math., 823, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1777. Markushevich, A.I.: Theory of functions of a complex variable, 1, Chelsea, 1977 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1778. Shabat, B.V.: Introduction to complex analysis, 1-2, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1779. Burckel, R.B.: An introduction to classical complex analysis, 1, Acad. Press, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1780. Aĭzenberg, L.A. and Yuzhakov, A.P.: Integral representations and residues in multidimensional complex analysis, Amer. Math. Soc., 1983 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1781. Ahlfors, L.V.: Complex analysis, McGraw-Hill, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1782. Milnor, J.: Topology from the differentiable viewpoint, Univ. Press Virginia, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1783. Savelov, A.A.: Plane curves, Moscow, 1960 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1784. Berger, M.: Geometry, 1-2, Springer, 1987 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1785. Coxetbr, H.S.M.: Introduction to geometry, Wiley, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  1786. Fladt, K.: Analytische Geometrie spezieller ebener Kurven, Akad. Verlagsgesellschaft, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  1787. Riesz, F.: ‘Sur la sommation des séries de Dirichlet’, C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris 149 (1909), 18–21.

    Google Scholar 

  1788. Hardy, G.H.: Divergent series, Clarendon Press, 1949.

    Google Scholar 

  1789. Privalov, I.I.: Subharmonic functions, Moscow-Leningrad, 1937, Chapt. 3 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1790. Ronkin, L.I.: Introduction to the theory of entire functions of several variables, Amer. Math. Soc., 1974, p. 36 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1791. Hayman, W.K. and Kennedy, P.B.: Subharmonic functions, 1, Acad. Press, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  1792. Mendelson, E.: Introduction to mathematical logic, v. Nostrand, 1964.

    Google Scholar 

  1793. Shoenfield, J.R.: Mathematical logic, Addison-Wesley, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1794. Hilbert, D. and Bernays, P.: Grundlagen der Mathematik, 1, Springer, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1795. Kleene, S.C.: Introduction to metamathematics, North-Holland, 1951.

    Google Scholar 

  1796. Novikov, P.S.: Elements of mathematical logic, Oliver & Boyd and Acad. Press, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1797. Church, A.: Introduction to mathematical logic, 1, Princeton Univ. Press, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  1798. Mathematical theory of logical derivation, Moscow, 1967 (in Russian). Collection of translations.

    Google Scholar 

  1799. Kleene, S.C.: Mathematical logic, Wiley, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1800. Kreisel, G. and Krivine, J.L.: Elements of mathematical logic, North-Holland, 1967 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1801. Wójcicki, R.: Theory of logical calculi, Kluwer, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  1802. Rasiowa, H. and Sikorski, R.: The mathematics of metamathematics, PWN, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  1803. Gödel, K.: ‘Die Vollständigkeit der Axiome des logischen Funktionenkalküls’, Monatsh. Math. Phys. 37 (1930), 349–360.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1804. Johnstone, P.T.: Notes on logic and set theory, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1987.

    Google Scholar 

  1805. Grzegorczyk, A.: An outline of mathematical logic, Reidel, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1806. Grzegorczyk, A.: An outline of mathematical logic, Reidel, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1807. Grzegorczyk, A.: An outline of mathematical logic, Reidel, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1808. Wójcicki, R.: Theory of logical calculi, Kluwer, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  1809. Frege, G.: Grundgesetze der Arithmetik, begriffsschriftlich abgeleitet, 1-2, Olms, reprint, 1962.

    Google Scholar 

  1810. Whitehead, A.N. and Russel, B.: Principia Mathematica, 1-2, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1910–1913.

    Google Scholar 

  1811. Gödel, K.: ‘Ueber formal unentscheidbare Sätze der Principia Mathematica und verwandter Systeme’, Monatsh Math. Phys. 38 (1931), 173–198.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1812. Curry, H.B.: Foundations of mathematical logic, McGraw-Hill, 1963.

    Google Scholar 

  1813. Fraenkel, A.A. and Bar-Hillel, Y.: Foundations of set theory, North-Holland, 1958.

    Google Scholar 

  1814. Hilbert, D. and Bernays, P.: Grundlagen der Mathematik, 1, Springer, 1968.

    Google Scholar 

  1815. Novkov, P.S.: Elements of mathematical logic, Oliver & Boyd and Acad. Press, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1816. Kleene, S.C.: Introduction to metamathematics, North-Holland, 1951.

    Google Scholar 

  1817. Church, A.: Introduction to mathematical logic, 1, Princeton Univ. Press, 1956.

    Google Scholar 

  1818. Lyndon, R.C.: Notes on logic, v. Nostrand, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1819. Kleene, S.C.: Mathematical logic, Wiley, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1820. Chang, C.C. and Keisler, HJ.: Model theory, North-Holland, 1973.

    Google Scholar 

  1821. Kendall, M.G. and Stuart, A.: The advanced theory of statistics, 2. Inference and relationship, Griffin, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  1822. Cox, D.R. and Hinkley, D.V.: Theoretical statistics, Chapman & Hall, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1823. Johnson, N.L. and Kotz, S.: Distributions in statistics, 1. Continuous univariate distributions, Wiley, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1824. Lommel, E.: ‘Zur Theorie der Bessel’schen Funktionen IV’, Math, Ann. 16 (1880), 183–208.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1825. Watson, G.N.: A treatise on the theory of Bessel functions, 1, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1952.

    Google Scholar 

  1826. Kamke, E.: Differentialgleichungen. Lösungsmethoden und Lösungen, 1. Gewöhnliche Differentialgleichungen, Chelsea, reprint, 1947.

    Google Scholar 

  1827. Magnus, W., Oberhettinger, F. and Soni, R.P.: Formulas and theorems for the special functions of mathematical physics, Springer, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1828. Longman, I.M.: ‘A method for the numerical evaluation of finite integrals of oscillatory functions’, Math. Compta. 14, no. 69 (1960), 53–59.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1829. Davis, P.J. and Rabinowitz, P.: Methods of numerical integration, Acad. Press, 1984.

    Google Scholar 

  1830. Mal’tsev, A.I.: ‘Analytic loops’, Mat. Sb. 36, no. 3 (1955), 569–578 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1831. Kuz’min, E.N.: ‘On the relation between Mal’tsev algebras and analytic Moufang loops’, Algebra and Logic 10, no. 1 (1971), 1–14. (Algebra i Logika 10, no. 1 (1971), 3-22)

    Google Scholar 

  1832. Kerdman, F.S.: ‘On global analytic Moufang loops’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 20 (1979), 1297–1300. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 249, no. 3 (1979), 533-536)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1833. Chein, O., Pflugfelder, H. and Smith, J.D.H. (eds.): Theory and application of quasigroups and loops, Helder-mann, 1989.

    Google Scholar 

  1834. Adams, J.F.: Infinite loop spaces, Princeton Univ. Press, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  1835. Lorentz, H.A.: The theory of electrons and its applications to the phenomena of light and radiant heat, Teubner, 1909.

    Google Scholar 

  1836. Landau, L.D. and Lifschitz, E.M.: The classical theory of fields, Pergamon, 1975 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1837. Levich, B.G.: Theoretical physics, 1. North-Holland, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1838. Hylleraas, E.A.: Mathematical and theoretical physics, 2, Wiley, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1839. Clemmow, P.C. and Dougherty, J.P.: Electrodynamics of particles and plasmas, Addison-Wesley, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1840. Landau, L.D. and Lifschits, E.M.: The classical theory of fields, Pergamon, 1975 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1841. Naĭmark, M.A.: Les répresentations linéaires du groupe de Lorentz, Dunod, 1962 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1842. Encyclopeadic dictionary of physics, 3, Moscow, 1963 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1843. Wigner, E.P.: ‘Unitary representations of the inhomogene-ous Lorentz group including reflections’, in Istambul Summer School of Theoretical Physics, 1962, Gordon & Breach, 1964, pp. 37-80.

    Google Scholar 

  1844. Wightman, A.S.: ‘L’invariance dans la mécanique quantique relativiste’, in Ecole d’Eté de Physique Théorique: LesHouches, 1960, Hermann & Wiley, 1960, pp. 159-226.

    Google Scholar 

  1845. Ruhl, W.: The Lorentz group and harmonic analysis, Benjamin, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1846. Saxl, R.U. and Urbantke, H.K.: Relativität, Gruppen, Teilchen, Springer, 1976.

    Google Scholar 

  1847. Lorenz, E.N.: ‘Deterministic non-periodic flow’, J. Atmos. Sci. 20, no. 2 (1963), 130–141.

    Google Scholar 

  1848. Monin, A.S.: ‘On the nature of turbulence’, Soviet Phys. Uspekhi 21 (1978), 429–442. (Uspekhi Fiz. Nauk 125, no. 1 (1978), 97-122)

    Google Scholar 

  1849. Rabinovich, M.I.: ‘Stochastic self-oscillations and turbulence’, Soviet Phys. Uspekhi 21 (1978), 443–469. (Uspekhi Fiz. Nauk 125, no. 1 (1978), 123-168)

    Google Scholar 

  1850. McLughlin, J.B. and Martin, P.C.: ‘Transition to turbulence of a statically stressed fluid system’, Phys. Rev. Letters 33 (1974), 1189–1192.

    Google Scholar 

  1851. McLughlin, J.B. and Martin, P.C.: ‘Transition to turbulence of a statically stressed fluid system’, Phys. Rev. Ser. A 12 (1975), 186–203.

    Google Scholar 

  1852. Ruelle, D.: The Lorentz attractor and the problem of turbulence’, in R. Temam (ed.): Turbulence and Navier—Stokes equations, Lecture notes in math., Vol. 565, Springer, 1976, pp. 146-158.

    Google Scholar 

  1853. Marsden, J.E., MacCracken, M. and Oster, G.F.: The Hopf bifurcation and its applications, Springer, 1976. (The Russian translation, Mir (1980), contains an appendix on the Lorenz attractor.)

    Google Scholar 

  1854. Sinai, Ya.G.:’ stochasticity of dynamical systems’, in Nonlinear waves, Moscow, 1979, pp. 192-212 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1855. Bunimovich, Z.A. and Sinaĭ, Ya.G.: ‘Stochasticity of the attractor in the Lorenz model’, in Non-linear waves, Moscow, 1979, pp. 212-226 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1856. Williams, R.F.: The structure of Lorenz attractors’, in R. Temam (ed.): Turbulence and Navier—Stokes equations, Lecture notes in math., Vol. 565, Springer, 1976, pp. 146-158.

    Google Scholar 

  1857. Williams, R.F.: ‘The structure of Lorenz attractors’, Publ. Math. IHES 50 (1979), 73–100.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1858. Afraĭmovich, V.S., Bykov, V.V. and Shil’nikov, L.P.: ‘On the origin and structure of the Lorenz attractor’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 234, no. 2 (1977), 336–339 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1859. Morioka, N. and Shimizu, T.: Transition between turbulent and periodic states in the Lorenz model’, Phys. Letters 66A, no. 6 (1978), 447–449.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1860. Rand, D.: The topological classification of Lorenz attractors’, Math. Proc. Cambridge Phil Soc. 83, no. 3 (1978), 451–460.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1861. Afraimovich, V.S., Bykov, V.V. and Shil’nikov, Z.P.: ‘On structurally unstable attracting limit sets of Lorenz-attractor type’, Trans. Moscow Math. Soc 44 (1982), 153–216. (Trudy Moscov. Mat. Obshch. 44 (1982), 150-122)

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1862. Guckenheimer, J. and Williams, R.F.: ‘Structural stability of Lorenz attractors’, PubL Math. IHES 50 (1979), 59–72.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1863. Pesin, Ya.: ‘Ergodic properties and dimensionlike characteristics of strange attractors that are close to hyperbolic’, in Proc. Internat. Congress Mathematics, Berkely 1986, Amer. Math. Soc., 1987, pp. 1195-1209.

    Google Scholar 

  1864. Wald, A.: Statistical decision Junctions, Wiley, 1950.

    Google Scholar 

  1865. Lehmann, E.L.: Testing statistical hypotheses, Wiley, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  1866. Berger, J.: Statistical decision theory and Bayesian analysis, Springer, 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  1867. Arkhangel’skiĭ, A.V. and Ponomarev, V.I.: Fundamentals of general topology: problems and exercises; Reidel, 1984 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1868. Kuratowski, C.: Topology, 1, PWN & Acad. Press, 1966 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1869. Löwner, K.: ‘Untersuchungen über schlichte konforme Abbildungen des Einheitskreises, I’, Math. Ann. 89 (1923), 103–121.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1870. Kufarev, P.P.: ‘A theorem on solutions of a differential equation’, Uchen. Zap. Tomsk. Gos. Univ. 5 (1947), 20–21 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1871. Pommerenke, C.: ‘Ueber die Subordination analytischer Funktionen’, J. Reine Angew. Math. 218 (1965), 159–173.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1872. Gutlyanskiĭ, V.Ya.: ‘Parametric representation of univalent functions’, Soviet Math. Dokl. 11 (1970), 1273–1276. (Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 194, no. 4 (1970), 750-753)

    Google Scholar 

  1873. Kufarev, P.P.: ‘On one-parameter families of analytic functions’, Mat. Sb. 13 (1943), 87–118 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1874. Goluzin, G.M.: Geometric theory of functions of a complex variable, Amer. Math. Soc., 1969 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1875. Löwner, K.: ‘Untersuchungen über schlichte konforme Abbildungen des Einheitskreises, I’, Math. Ann. 89 (1923), 103–121.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1876. Peschl, E.: ‘Zur Theorie der schlichten Funktionen’, J. Reine Angew. Math. 176 (1936), 61–94.

    Google Scholar 

  1877. Goluzin, G.M.: Geometric theory of functions of a complex variable, Amer. Math. Soc., 1969 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1878. Aleksandrov, I.A.: Parametric extensions in the theory of univalent functions, Moscow, 1976 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1879. de Branges, L.: ‘A proof of the Bieberbach conjecture’, Acta. Math. 164 (1985), 137–152.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1880. FitzGerald, C.H. and Pommerenke, C.: ‘The de Branges theorem on univalent functions’, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 290 (1985), 683–690.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1881. Hayman, W.K.: Multivalent functions, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1958.

    Google Scholar 

  1882. Pommerenke, C.: Univalent functions, Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1975.

    Google Scholar 

  1883. Duren, P.L.: Univalent functions, Springer, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  1884. Brannan, D.A.: ‘The Löwner differential equation’, in D.A. Brannan and J.G. Clunie (eds.): Aspects of Contemporary Complex Analysis, Acad. Press, 1980, pp. 79-95.

    Google Scholar 

  1885. Strubecker, K.: Differentialgeometrie, 2. Theorie der Flächenmetrik, de Gruyter, 1958.

    Google Scholar 

  1886. Lüroth, J.: Math. Ann. 9 (1876), 163–165.

    Google Scholar 

  1887. Waerden, B.L. van der: Algebra, 1-2, Springer, 1967–1971 (translated from the German).

    Google Scholar 

  1888. Manin, Yu.N.: Cubic forms. Algebra, geometry, arithmetic, North-Holland, 1974 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1889. Iskovskikh, V.A. and Manin, Yu.I.: ‘Three-dimensional quartics and counterexamples to the Lüroth problem’, Math. USSR Sb. 15, no. 1 (1971), 141–166. (Mat. Sb. 86, no. 1 (1971), 140-166)

    Google Scholar 

  1890. Clemens, C.H. and Griffiths, P.: ‘The intermediate Jacobian of the cubic threefold’, Ann. of Math. 95 (1972), 281–356.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1891. Artin, M. and Mumford, D.: ‘Some elementary examples of unirational varieties which are not national’, Proc. London Math. Soc. 25, no. 1 (1972), 75–95.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1892. Zariski, O.: ‘The problem of minimal models in the theory of algebraic surfaces’, Amer. J. Math. 80 (1958), 146–184.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1893. Luxemburg, W.A.J.: Banach function spaces, T.U. Delft, 1955. Thesis.

    Google Scholar 

  1894. Krasnosel’skiĭ, M.A. and Rutttskiĭ, Ya.B.: Convex functions and Orlicz spaces, Noordhoff, 1961 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1895. Luzin, N.N.: Mat. Sb. 28 (1912), 266–294.

    Google Scholar 

  1896. Luzin, N.N.: Collected works, 1, Moscow, 1953 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1897. Saks, S.: Theory of the integral, Hafner, 1952 (translated from the Polish).

    Google Scholar 

  1898. Kamke, E.: Das LebesgueStieltjes Integral, Teubner, 1960.

    Google Scholar 

  1899. Lusin, N.N. [N.N. Luzin]: ‘Sur les propriétés des fonctions mesurables’, C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris 154 (1912), 1688–1690.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1900. Natanson, I.P.: Theory of functions of a real variable, 1-2, F. Ungar, 1955–1961 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1901. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. Integration, Addison-Wesley, 1975, Chapt. 6; 7; 8 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1902. Halmos, P.: Measure theory, v. Nostrand, 1950.

    Google Scholar 

  1903. Rudin, W.: Real and complex analysis, McGraw-Hill, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1904. Hbwitt, E. and Stromberg, K.: Real and abstract analysis, Springer, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  1905. Luzin, N.N.: Collected works, Vol. 1, Moscow, 1953, pp. 267-269 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1906. Luzm, N.N.: Collected works, Vol. 1, Moscow, 1953, pp. 280-318 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1907. Priwalow, I.I. [I.I. Privalov]: Randeigenschaften analytischer Funktionen, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1956 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1908. Lohwater, A.: The boundary behaviour of analytic functions’, Itogi Nauki i Tekhn. Mat. Anal. 10 (1973), 99–259 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1909. Collingwood, E.F. and Lohwater, A.J.: The theory of cluster sets, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1910. Lusin, N.N. [N.N. Luzin]: ‘Sur les ensembles analytiques nuls’, Fund Math. 25 (1935), 109–131.

    Google Scholar 

  1911. Mostowski, A.: Constructible sets ands applications, North-olland, 1969

    Google Scholar 

  1912. Kunen, K.: Set theory, North-Holland, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1913. Luzin, N.N.: The integral and trigonometric series, Moscow-Leningrad, 1915 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1914. Dellacherie, C., Feyel, D. and Mokobodzki, G.: ‘Intégrales de capacités fortement sous-additives’, In Sem. Probat. Strasbourg XVI, Lecture notes in math., Vol. 920, Springer, 1982, pp. 8-28.

    Google Scholar 

  1915. Louveau, A.: Minceur et continuité séquentielle des sous-mesures analytiques fortement sous-additives, Sem. Initiation à l’Analyse, 66, Univ. P. et M. Curie, 1983–1984.

    Google Scholar 

  1916. Saks, S.: Theory of the integral, Hafner, 1952 (translated from the Polish).

    Google Scholar 

  1917. Hewitt, E and Stromberg, K.: Real and abstract analysis, Springer, 1965.

    Google Scholar 

  1918. Lusin, N.N. [N.N. Luzm] and Priwaloff, I.I. [I.I. Privalov]: ‘Sur l’unicité et la multiplicité des fonctions analytiques’, Ann. Sci. Ecole Norm. Sup. (3) 42 (1925), 143–191.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1919. Priwalow, LI. [I.I. Privalov]: Randeigenschaften analytischer Funktionen, Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1956 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1920. Lohwater, A.: ‘The boundary behaviour of analytic functions’, Itogi Nauk. i Tekhn. Mat. Anal. 10 (1973), 99–259 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1921. Collingwood, E.F. and Lohwater, A.J.: The theory of cluster sets, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1922. Luzin, N.N.: The integral and trigonometric series, 1, Moscow-Leningrad, 1953, p. 219 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1923. Carleson, L.: ‘Convergence and growth of partial sums of Fourier series’, Acta Math. 116 (1966), 135–157.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1924. Lusin, N.N. [N.N. Luzin]: ‘Sur le probl ème de M. Emue Bord et la méthode des résolvants’, C.R. Acad Sci. Paris 181 (1925), 279–281.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1925. Luzin, N.N.: Collected works, 2, Moscow, 1958 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1926. Novikov, P.S.: ‘On the non-contradictibility of certain propositions in descriptive set theory’, Trudy Mat. Inst. Steklov. 38 (1951), 279–316 (in Russian).

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1927. Solovay, R.: ‘A model of set theory in which every set of reals is Lebesgue measurable’, Ann. of Math. (2) 91, no. 1 (1970), 1–56.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1928. Novak, J.: ‘On some problems of Lusin concerning the subsets of natural numbers’, Czechoslovak. Math. J. 3 (1953), 385–395.

    Google Scholar 

  1929. Jech, T.: Set theory, Acad. Press, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  1930. Moschovakis, Y.N.: Descriptive set theory, North-Holland, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1931. Luzin, N.N.: Leçons sur les ensembles analytiques et leurs applications, Gauthier-Villars, 1930.

    Google Scholar 

  1932. Luzin, N.N.: ‘Sur les ensembles analytiques’, Fund. Math. 10 (1927), 1–92.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1933. Kuratowski, C.: Topology, I, PWN & Acad. Press, 1966 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1934. Jech, T.: Set theory, Acad. Press, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  1935. Moschovakis, Y.N.: Descriptive set theory, North-Holland, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1936. Lusin, N.N. [N.N. Luzin]: ‘Sur un problème de M. Emile Borel et les ensemble projectifs de M. Henri Lebesgue’, C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris 180 (1925), 1318–1320.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1937. Lusin, N.N. [N.N. Luzin]: Leçons sur les ensembles analytiques et leurs applications, Gauthier-Villars, 1930.

    Google Scholar 

  1938. Kuratowski, C.: Topology, 1, PWN & Acad. Press, 1966 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1939. Moschovakis, Y.N.: Descriptive set theory, North-Holland, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  1940. Jech, T.: Set theory, Acad. Press, 1978.

    Google Scholar 

  1941. Luzin, N.N.: ‘Sur les ensembles analytiques’, Fund Math. 10 (1927), 1–95.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1942. Kuratowski, C.: Topology, 1, PWN & Acad. Press, 1966 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1943. Bourbaki, N.: Elements of mathematics. General topology, Addison-Wesley, 1966, Chapt. 10 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1944. Lusin, N.N. [N.N. Luzin]: ‘Sur un problème de M. Baire’, C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris 158 (1914), 1258–1261.

    Google Scholar 

  1945. Kuratowski, C.: Topology, 1, PWN & Acad. Press, 1966 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1946. Kunen, K.: ‘Luzin spaces’, Topology Proceedings 1 (1977), 191–199.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1947. Roitman, J.: ‘Basic S and L’, in K. Kunen and J.E. Vaughan (eds.): Handbook of Set-Theoretic Topology, North-Holland, 1984, pp. 295-326.

    Google Scholar 

  1948. Weiss, W.: ‘Versions of Martin’s axiom’, in K. Kunen and J.E. Vaughan (eds.): Handbook of Set-Theoretic Topology, North-Holland, 1984, pp. 827-886.

    Google Scholar 

  1949. Miller, A.W.:’ special subsets of the real line’, in K. Kunen and J.E. Vaughan (eds.): Handbook of Set-Theoretic Topology, North-Holland, 1984, pp. 201-233.

    Google Scholar 

  1950. Luzin, N.N.: ‘On localization of the finite area principle’, Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 56 (1947), 447–450 (in Russian).

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1951. Luzin, N.N.: Collected works, 1, Moscow, 1953, pp. 318-330 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1952. Lohwater, A.: The boundary behaviour of analytic functions’, Itogi Nauki i Tekhn. Mat. Anal. 10 (1973), 99–259 (in Russian).

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1953. Lohwater, A.J. and Piranian, G.: ‘On a conjecture of Luzin’, Michigan Math. J. 3 (1955), 63–68.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1954. Luzin, N.N.: Collected works, 2, Moscow, 1958 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1955. Kuratowski, C: Topology, PWN & Acad. Press, 1966 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  1956. Douwen, EK. van: ‘The integers and topology’, In K. Kunen and J.E. Vaughan (eds.): Handbook of Set-Theoretic Topology, North-Holland, 1984, pp. 111-167.

    Google Scholar 

  1957. Engelking, R.: ‘Hausdorff’s gaps and limits and compactifi-cations’, in Theory of Sets and Topology (in honour of F. Hausdorff). Deutsch. Verlag Wissenschaft., 1972, pp. 89-94.

    Google Scholar 

  1958. Lyapunov, A.M.: Stability of motion, Acad. Press, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1959. Bylov, B.F., Vinograd, R.E., Grobman, D.M. and Nemytskiĭ, V.V.: The theory of the Lyapunov exponent and its application to questions of stability, Moscow, 1966 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1960. Izobov, N.A.: ‘Linear systems of ordinary differential equations’, J. Soviet Math. 5 (1976), 46–96. (ItogiNauk. i Tekhn. Mat. Anal 12 (1974), 71-146)

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1961. Kliemann, W.: ‘Analysis of nonlinear stochastic systems’, in W. Schiehlen and W. Wedig (eds.): Analysis and estimation of stochastic mechanical systems, Springer (Wien), 1988, pp. 43-102.

    Google Scholar 

  1962. Constantin, P., Foias, C. and Temam, R.: Attractors representing turbulent flows, Amer. Math. Soc., 1985.

    Google Scholar 

  1963. Young, L.S.: ‘Capacity of attractors’, Ergod. Th. Dynam. Systems 1 (1981), 381–383.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1964. Young, L.S.: ‘Dimension, entropy, and Lyapunov exponents’, Ergod. Th. Dynam. Systems 2 (1982), 109–124.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1965. Fredrickson, P., Kaplan, J.L., Yorke, E.D. and Yorke, J.A.: ‘The Lyapunov dimension of strange attractors’, J. Diff. Eq. 49 (1983). 185–207.

    Google Scholar 

  1966. Arnold, L. and Wihstutz, V. (eds.): Lyapunov exponents, Lecture notes in math., 1186, Springer, 1986.

    Google Scholar 

  1967. Schuster, H.G.: Deterministic chaos, Physik-Verlag, 1988.

    Google Scholar 

  1968. Coddington, E.A. and Levinson, N.: Theory of ordinary differential equations, McGraw-Hill, 1955.

    Google Scholar 

  1969. Guckenheimer, J. and Holmes, Ph.: Nonlinear oscillations, dynamical systems and bifurcations of vector fields, Springer, 1983.

    Google Scholar 

  1970. Lyapunov, A.M.: Stability of motion, Acad. Press, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1971. Barbashin, E.A.: Lyapunov functions, Moscow, 1970 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1972. Vaĭnberg, M.M. and Trenogin, V.A.: Theory of branching of solutions of non-linear equations, Noordhoff, 1974 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1973. Smirnov, N.S.: Introduction to the theory of non-linear integral equations, Leningrad-Moscow, 1936 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1974. Chow, S. and Hale, J.: Methods of bifurcation theory, Springer, 1982.

    Google Scholar 

  1975. Lyapunov, A.M.: Stability of motion, Acad. Press, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1976. Perron, O.: ‘Ueber Stabilität und asymptotisches Verhalten der Integrale von Differentialgleichungssystemen’, Math. Z. 29 (1928), 129–160.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1977. Bellman, R.: Stability theory of differential equations, Dover, reprint, 1969.

    Google Scholar 

  1978. Lasalle, J.P. and Lefschetz, S.: Stability by Lyapunov’s direct method with applications, Acad. Press, 1961.

    Google Scholar 

  1979. Hirsch, M.W. and Smale, S.: Differential equations, dynamical systems and linear algebra, Acad. Press, 1974.

    Google Scholar 

  1980. Hahn, W.: Stability of motion, Springer, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1981. Bhatia, N.P. and Szegö, G.P.: Stability theory of dynamical systems, Springer, 1970.

    Google Scholar 

  1982. Rabinovich, M.I. and Trubetskov, D.I.: Oscillations and waves, Kluwer, 1989, Chapt. 6-7 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1983. Filippov, A.F.: Differential equations with discontinuous righthand sides, Kluwer, 1989, § 15 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1984. Lyapunov, A.M.: Stability of motion, Acad. Press, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1985. Kushner, H.J.: Stochastic stability and control, Acad. Press, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

  1986. Has’minskiĭ, R.Z. [RJZ. Khas’minskiĭ]: Stochastic stability of differential equations, Sythoff & Noordhoff, 1980 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1987. Kalashnikov, V.V.: Qualitative analysis of the behaviour of complex systems by the method of test functions, Moscow, 1978 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1988. Goodwin, G.C., Ramagadge, P.J. and Caines, P.E.: ‘Discrete time stochastic adaptive control’, SIAM J. Control Optim. 19 (1981), 829–853.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1989. Motivier, M. and Priouret, P.: ‘Applications of a Kushner and Clark lemma to general classes of stochastic algorithms’, IEEE Trans. Inform. Theory 30 (1984), 140–151.

    MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1990. Solo, V.: The convergence of AML’, IEEE Trans. Autom. Control 24 (1979), 958–962.

    MATH  Google Scholar 

  1991. Schuppen, J.H. van: ‘Convergence results for continuous-time stochastic filtering algorithms’, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 96 (1983), 209–225.

    MATH  MathSciNet  Google Scholar 

  1992. Lyapunov, A.M.: ‘On certain questions connected with the Dirichlet problem’, in Collected works, Vol. 1, Moscow, 1954, pp. 45-47; 48-100 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1993. Sobolev, S.L.: Partial differential equations of mathematical physics, Pergamon, 1964 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1994. Vladimirov, V.S.: Equations of mathematical physics, Mir, 1984, Chapt. 5 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1995. Muskhelishvili, N.I.: Singular integral equations, Wolters-Noordhoff, 1972, Chapt. 1 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1996. Lyapunov, A.M.: Collected works, 1, Moscow, 1954, pp. 157-176 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1997. Bernshteĭn, S.N.: Probability theory, Moscow-Leningrad, 1946 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  1998. Feller, W.: An introduction to probability theory and its applications, 2, Wiley, 1966.

    Google Scholar 

  1999. Laha, R.G. and Rohatgi, V.K.: Probability theory, Wiley, 1979.

    Google Scholar 

  2000. Lyapunov, A.M.: Collected works, Vol. 1, Moscow, 1954, pp. 26-32 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2001. Lyapunov, A.M.: Collected works, Vol. 1, Moscow, 1954, pp. 33-44 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2002. Lyapunov, A.M.: ‘On certain questions connected with the Dirichlet problem’, in Collected works, Vol. 1, Moscow, 1954, pp. 45-47; 48-100 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2003. Lyapunov, A.M.: Collected works, Vol. 1, Moscow, 1954, pp. 101-122 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2004. Gunther, N.M.: Potential theory and its applications to basic problems of mathematical physics, F. Ungar, 1967 (translated from the French).

    Google Scholar 

  2005. Miranda, C.: Partial differential equations of elliptic type, Springer, 1970 (translated from the Italian).

    Google Scholar 

  2006. Kral, J.: Integral operators in potential theory, Lecture notes in math., 823, Springer, 1980.

    Google Scholar 

  2007. Lyapunov, A.M.: Stability of motion, Acad. Press, 1966 (translated from the Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  2008. Hahn, W.: Stability of motion, Springer, 1967.

    Google Scholar 

Download references

Authors

Editor information

M. Hazewinkel

Rights and permissions

Reprints and permissions

Copyright information

© 1995 Springer Science+Business Media Dordrecht

About this chapter

Cite this chapter

Barendregt, H.P. et al. (1995). L. In: Hazewinkel, M. (eds) Encyclopaedia of Mathematics. Springer, Boston, MA. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4899-3793-3_5

Download citation

  • DOI: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4899-3793-3_5

  • Publisher Name: Springer, Boston, MA

  • Print ISBN: 978-0-7923-2975-6

  • Online ISBN: 978-1-4899-3793-3

  • eBook Packages: Springer Book Archive

Publish with us

Policies and ethics